Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
BQA
Buraq Air
YK791
Chapter
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section
Subject Subject Page
SWS -- STALL MANAGEMENT YAW DAMPER - INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-32-00 . . 2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SMYD - POWER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SMYD - STALL MANAGEMENT YAW DAMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - EXISTING FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - FAULT HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - GROUND TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - OTHER FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Page 1
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
BQA
Buraq Air
YK791
Chapter
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section
Subject Subject Page
Page 2
Page 3
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
BQA
Buraq Air
YK791
Chapter
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section
Subject Subject Page
DISPLAYS - CDU - ALTERNATE DESTINATION PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
DISPLAYS - CDU - LATERAL OFFSET PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
DISPLAYS - CDU - NAVIGATION REFERENCE PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
DISPLAYS - CDU - HOLD PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
DISPLAYS - CDU - FIX PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
DISPLAYS - CDU - SELECT DESIRED WAYPOINT PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
DISPLAYS - CDS - FLIGHT MODE ANNUNCIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
DISPLAYS - CDS - THRUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
DISPLAYS - CDS - AIRSPEED INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
DISPLAYS - CDS - PLAN DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
DISPLAYS - CDS - NON-NORMAL DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
VNAV - SPEED INTERVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
VNAV - ALTITUDE INTERVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMC DATA LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU DATA LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - DATABASE LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - OFP CROSSLOAD PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - DATABASE CROSSLOAD PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMC DOWNLOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - BITE ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - AUTOMATIC BITE ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - IN-FLIGHT FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - CDU TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - DISCRETES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - FMCS FIXED OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - AIRPLANE MODEL AND ENGINE CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . 358
TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - SOFTWARE OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Page 4
FLIGHT CONTROLS MULTIPLE USE SYSTEMS/UNITS -- FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-09-00 . 425
Page 5
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
BQA
Buraq Air
YK791
Chapter
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section
Subject Subject Page
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
AILERON PCU LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
TE FLAP SYSTEM -- POSITION INDICATING SYSTEM - FLAP POSITION TRANSMITTER . . . . . . . . . . . 27-58-00 . 482
POSITION INDICATING SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Page 6
27-32-00-501.fm
27-32-00
- 1 -
The stall management yaw damper (SMYD) computer The SMYD calculates airplane performance data for
calculates and sends commands for stall management and display on the CDS. These include the pitch limit
yaw damping functions for these systems: indicator (PLI) symbol and minimum and maximum safe
operating speed symbols.
- Stall warning system (SWS)
- Autoslat system Primary Yaw Damping and WTRIS/Standby Yaw Damping
- Performance data for display on CDS
- Primary yaw damping system The yaw damping function of the SMYD does primary yaw
- WTRIS and standby yaw damping system. damping, standby yaw damping, and WTRIS.
The stall warning system operates the control column AC - alternating current
stick shakers to alert the crew when airspeed is at a actr - actuator
minimum operating speed and is close to a wing stall ADI - attitude direction indicator
condition.
ADIRU - air data inertial reference unit
When close to stall, the SMYD operates the elevator ADR - air data reference
feel shift (EFS) function to increase elevator feel AOA - angle of attack
pressure to counteract control column elevator up ARINC - Aeronautical Radio, Inc.
movement. asym - asymmetry
A/T - autothrottle
Autoslat System
ATR - austin trumbull radio
The autoslat system commands the leading edge slats to BITE - built-in Test equipment
extend from the mid-extended to the full-extended CAA - civil aviation authority
position for flaps 1, 2, and 5 when the speed is less CAS - computed airspeed
than a safe margin above stall. Autoslat operates at an capt - captain
27-32-00-501.fm
angle-of-attack that is less than for stick shaker CDS - common display system
speed.
CDU - control display unit
cmd - command
27-32-00
- 2 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- STALL MANAGEMENT YAW DAMPER - INTRODUCTION
cmptr - computer LE - leading edge
com - common LRU - line replaceable unit
cos - cosine lt - light
CPC - cabin pressure controller LVDT - linear variable differential transformer
CPU - central processing unit MCP - mode control panel
CW - control wheel mgt - management
DC - direct current MLG - main landing gear
DEU - display electronics unit NLG - nose landing gear
DFCS - digital flight control system NVM - non-volatile memory
DU - display unit N1 - engine low pressure rotor (fan) speed
EFS - Elevator Feel Shift N2 - engine high pressure rotor speed
EFSM - Elevator Feel Shift Module PCU - power control unit
elex - electronic perf - performance
eng - engage PLI - pitch limit indicator
exc - excitation pos - position
FAA - federal aviation administration PSEU - proximity switch electronics unit
FCC - flight control computer R - right
FDAU - flight data acquisition unit req - request
FMC - flight management computer sin - sine
FMCS - flight management computer system SMYD - stall management yaw damper
f/o - first officer snsr - sensor
FSEU - flap slat electronics unit stby - standby
fwd - forward sw - switch
gnd - ground SWS - stall warning system
GPWC - ground proximity warning computer TE - trailing edge
ind - indicator T/O - takeoff
27-32-00-501.fm
I/O - input/output TO/GA - takeoff/go-around
IR - inertial reference UCM - uncommanded motion
L - left V - volt
27-32-00
- 3 -
27-32-00-501.fm
27-32-00
- 4 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
STATIC
SENSITIVE
"BITE INSTRUCTIONS"
ON/OFF: Start or stop Bite
MENU : To display menu
YES/NO: In response to
question (?)
OR : To scroll through
menu or results
P/N 65-52822-XX
S/N X XXXXXXX XXX X
XXXXXXX XXXX
MOD
X X X X X X X XX X X X
STALL MANAGEMENT
YAW DAMPER COMPUTER
27-32-00-501.fm
DISPLAY OF PERFORMANCE DATA ON CDS AUTOSLAT SYSTEM
27-32-00
- 5 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SMYD -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
General SMYD Input Data
The stall management yaw damper computer (SMYD) uses These are the components and sensors that send data to
analog and digital inputs signals from airplane systems the SMYDs:
and sensors to calculate commands for these systems:
- DFCS mode control panel (MCP)
- Stall warning system and elevator feel shift (EFS) - Air data inertial reference unit (ADIRU)
- LE autoslat system - Flight management computer system (FMCS)
- Primary yaw damping and turn coordination - Common display system (CDS) DEUs
- WTRIS and standby yaw damping/turn coordination - LVDTs on the rudder power control units (PCU)
- Performance data for display on CDS. - Angle of airflow (AOA) sensors
- Takeoff/go-around (TO/GA) switches
These are part of the stall management function of the - Stall warning test panel
SMYD: - Flight control panel
- Flap slat electronics unit (FSEU)
- Stall warning - Proximity switch electronics unit (PSEU)
- EFS - Trailing edge flap up switches
- Autoslat - TE flap position transmitters
- Performance data. - Control wheel position sensor (capt side only)
- Opposite SMYD.
These are part of the yaw damper function of the SMYD:
Some of these components also receive data from the
- Yaw damping SMYDs.
- Turn coordination
- WTRIS. SMYD Output Data
SMYD 1 does primary yaw damping/turn coordination These are the systems that receive data from the SMYD:
during normal operations. SMYD 2 does WTRIS and standby
yaw damping/turn coordination during standby - Flight control computers (FCC)
operations. - Ground proximity warning computer (GPWC)
27-32-00-502.fm
- Common display system (CDS) DEUs
- Cabin pressure controllers (CPC)
- Flight data acquisition unit (FDAU)
27-32-00
- 6 -
The ADIRUs send air data and inertial data to the SMYD - Engine N1 and N2 RPM
for stall management and yaw damping functions. See - Radio altitude
SMYD digital interfaces for more information. - Wing and engine anti-ice switches.
The MCP sends autopilot engage status to the SMYD. The rudder PCU LVDT sends analog data to the SMYD about
commanded rudder movement for yaw damping or WTRIS for
FMC feedback in the SMYD servo loop.
The FMC sends gross weight to the SMYD for: AOA Sensor
- Calculation of airplane performance data such as The AOA sensor sends analog angle of airflow vane data
Vmin, Vmax, and the PLI to the on-side SMYD. This data is used to find airplane
- Stall management pitch attitude to set the stall warnings and to
- Yaw damping calculate performance data.
- WTRIS.
TO/GA Switches
The FMC also gives buffet margin speeds and landing
flap data to the SMYD. The TO/GA switches send DFCS and A/T engage status to
the SMYD during takeoff when on the ground or during
DEU go-around when in the air.
27-32-00-502.fm
The SMYD calculates this airplane performance data and
sends the data to the DEUs to show on the CDS:
27-32-00
- 7 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SMYD -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Stall Warning Test Panel sent from the nose gear, main gear, and gear handle
position.
The stall warning panel test switches send analog
discretes to their on-side SMYD to start a test of the The SMYD sends analog discrete data to the PSEU for use
control column shaker motors. in the takeoff warning function. The SMYD sends a
ground to the PSEU when the flaps are not in a valid
Flight Control Panel takeoff range, and an open discrete if the flaps are in
a valid takeoff range.
The flight control panel sends analog switch position
signals to the SMYD for the yaw damper engage switch TE Flaps Up Switches
and the flight control switches. When these switches
engage on the flight control panel, the SMYD monitors The trailing edge flaps up limit switches send a signal
yaw damper or WTRIS operation. If there are no faults, to the SMYD for flaps up logic. The SMYD uses this to
the SMYD sends a signal to this panel to put the yaw put a limit on rudder movement for yaw damping and
damper engage light off and gives engage power to hold WTRIS when the flaps are up.
the yaw damper engage switch in the ON position.
TE Flap Position Transmitter
FSEU
The trailing edge flap position transmitters send
The FSEU sends analog discrete data to the SMYD for analog flap position data to the SMYD when the flaps
leading edge device asymmetry and uncommanded motion. are not up.
This data enables the SMYD to put a bias on the stall
warnings so that the warnings occur earlier if there is Control Wheel Position Sensor
asymmetry or uncommanded motion of these devices.
The captain control wheel (CW) position sensor sends an
The SMYD sends analog discrete signals to the FSEU for analog signal to SMYD 2. This is for the WTRIS function
the autoslat command function. so that SMYD 2 can give rudder movement commands in
proportion to pilot aileron input. This helps turns
PSEU during flight control manual reversion when in
operation on standby hydraulics.
27-32-00-502.fm
The PSEU sends an air/ground discrete to the SMYD to
set the AIR MODE and flight leg count for faults in
non-volatile memory (NVM). These are analog discretes
27-32-00
- 8 -
The opposite SMYD gives data to the other SMYD for The DEUs send engine N1 and N2 RPM data to the SMYD. The
these parameters: SMYD sends this data to the CPC for the takeoff logic
to adjust cabin pressure during the takeoff roll. This
- Mach prevents a pressure bump at rotation.
- TAS
- Impact pressure FDAU
- Autoslat extend signal.
The SMYD sends AOA data and other discrete data to the
FCC FDAU to make a record of stall management and yaw
damper status.
The SMYD sends minimum operation speeds and flap
position data to the FCC computers for the system Stall Warning and Elevator Feel Shift
engage logic. DFCS uses the flight control minimum
operation speeds for its minimum speed calculations to The SMYD sends a 28v dc discrete to its on-side control
change modes when the speed is near a margin above column shaker motor to operate the stick shaker when
stall. airspeed is near stall as calculated by the SMYD.
A/T The SMYD operates the EFSM for the EFS function. EFS
operates through the elevator feel system to increase
The SMYD sends minimum operation speeds and flap elevator feel pressure to push against control column
position data to the A/T computer function in FCC A. elevator up movement when near a stall.
The A/T uses these data for its minimum speed
calculations. Performance Data Displayed on CDS
The SMYD sends minimum operation speeds, flap, and AOA - Pitch limit indicator (PLI) symbol
data to the GPWC for windshear alert calculations. - Minimum and maximum operation speed symbols.
27-32-00-502.fm
27-32-00
- 9 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SMYD -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
LE Autoslat
27-32-00-502.fm
27-32-00
- 10 -
A/T
COURSE
ARM
IAS/MACH HEADING ALTITUDE VERT SPEED A A/P ENGAGE B COURSE
VNAV LNAV
CMD CMD
STALL WARNING TEST
g g
w w g g
w w
C/O 10 30
MA VOR LOC DN MA NO.1 NO.2
CWS CWS
OFF SPD g
ALT
F/D INTV w
INTV g g F/D
ON w w ON
N1 SPEED LVL CHG HDG SEL APP ALT HLD V/S DISENGAGE
g g g g g g g
OFF w w w w w w w UP
OFF
STATIC
SENSITIVE
"BITE INSTRUCTIONS"
ON/OFF: Start or stop Bite PRIMARY YAW DAMPER SYSTEM
MENU : To display menu STANDBY YAW DAMPER SYSTEM AND WTRIS
ADIRU YES/NO: In response to
question (?)
OR : To scroll through
menu or results
LE AUTOSLAT SYSTEM
ON
MENU
OFF
YES NO PERFORMANCE
FMC DATA ON CDS
DEU
RUDDER PCU LVDT STALL MANAGEMENT
YAW DAMPER
AOA SENSORS P/N 65-52822-XX
FCC
TO/GA SWITCHES S/N XXXXXXXXXXXX GPWC
FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL XXXXXXXXXXX
MOD DEU
FSEU XXXXXXXXXXXX
CPC STALL WARNING SYSTEM
PSEU FSEU AND ELEVATOR FEEL SHIFT
27-32-00-502.fm
FLAPS UP SWITCHES PSEU
FLAP POSITION TRANSMITTERS FDAU
CW POS SENSOR FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
OPPOSITE SMYD SMYD COMPUTER (2) EFSM
27-32-00
- 11 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- COMPONENT LOCATION
General
- Flight compartment
- Section 48 stabilizer compartment
- Electronic equipment compartment.
Flight Compartment
27-32-00-003.fm
27-32-00
- 12 -
STALL WARNING
TEST PANEL ELEVATOR FEEL
SHIFT MODULE
ACCESS THROUGH
SECTION 48 ACCESS
AND BLOWOUT DOOR
CONTROL COLUMN
SHAKER (2) E3-2 SHELF
- STALL MANAGEMENT
YAW DAMPER 1
27-32-00-003.fm
- STALL MANAGEMENT
YAW DAMPER 2
27-32-00
- 13 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - POWER INTERFACE
General
27-32-00-505.fm
27-32-00
- 14 -
28V DC
STBY BUS
SMYD 1 CMPTR
28V DC
STBY BUS
STICK SHAKER L
28V DC
BUS 1
YAW DAMPER 1
28V DC
BUS 1
YAW DAMPER 2
28V AC
XFR BUS 1
YAW DAMPER AC
115V AC
XFR BUS 1
YAW DAMPER IND STALL MANAGEMENT
28V AC YAW DAMPER 1
STBY BUS
SMYD 1 SNSR EXC
DC GND R FLAP POS L ANGLE-OF-
STALL WARN ASYM
MODE TRANSMITTER ATTACK SENSOR
YAW DAMPER INDICATOR
P18 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
28V DC
BUS 2
SMYD 2 CMPTR
28V DC
BUS 2
STICK SHAKER R
28V DC
BUS 1 FLIGHT CONTROL
AUTO SLAT DC 1
28V DC
BUS 2 FLIGHT CONTROL
AUTO SLAT DC 2
27-32-00-505.fm
28V AC
XFR BUS 2
SMYD 2 SNSR EXC STALL MANAGEMENT
L FLAP POS R ANGLE-OF- YAW DAMPER 2
P6 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL TRANSMITTER ATTACK SENSOR
SWS - SMYD - POWER INTERFACE
27-32-00
- 15 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - STALL MANAGEMENT YAW DAMPER
General
- BITE instructions
- Display
- Keypad.
BITE Instructions
Display
Keypad
- ON/OFF
- MENU
- YES
27-32-00-509.fm
- NO
- Up arrow
- Down arrow.
27-32-00
- 16 -
BITE
INSTRUCTIONS
BITE MODULE
DISPLAY
KEYPAD
27-32-00-509.fm
27-32-00
- 17 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE
General BITE Operation
The SMYD has these BITE functions: To start the BITE, push the ON/OFF key on the BITE
module. EXISTING FAULTS? shows as the first menu item.
- Continuous monitor Push the YES key to answer questions and to move down
- BITE tests. in the selected menu item on the display. Push the NO
or down arrow key to see the next menu item. In some
Continuous Monitor lists TOP OF LIST or END OF LIST shows when you move to
the top or bottom of the list. Push the MENU key to go
The continuous monitor function of BITE monitors the out of a menu and move back up one level to the menu
SMYD LRU for correct operation. When the SMYD has an before. These are the conditions necessary for BITE
internal failure, a fault is stored in fault history. operation:
Some faults cause the SMYD to have no outputs for the
stall management and yaw damper functions. - Flaps up and VCAS<60 knots
- On-side engine N1<15% and off-side engine N2<50%.
BITE Tests
These conditions make sure that if BITE is ON, it will
BITE does tests of components and sensors that have an go off before takeoff. A time delay also puts the BITE
interface with the SMYD. It has these functions: control panel off if you do not push a push-button for
five minutes.
- Quick system test
- SMYD LRU self-test Main Menu
- Tests of sensors that have an interface with the
SMYD These are the SMYD BITE main menu selections:
- Tests to show functions are in specification
- Aid for fault isolation. - EXISTING FAULTS
- FAULTS HISTORY
The BITE module on the front of the SMYD LRU has a - GROUND TESTS
keypad with six push-buttons and a two-line display - OTHER FUNCTIONS.
with eight alphanumeric characters per line.
27-32-00-511.fm
When BITE starts, EXISTING FAULTS shows. Push the YES
key to select this menu, or use the NO or down arrow key
to go to the subsequent main menu selection.
27-32-00
- 18 -
STATIC ON
SENSITIVE
OFF
"BITE INSTRUCTIONS"
ON/OFF: Start or stop Bite
MENU : To display menu 1
YES/NO: In response to
question (?)
INTO EXISTING
OR :To scroll through
EXISTING YES
menu or results FAULTS?
FAULTS
NO
YES NO
INTO GROUND
GROUND YES
TESTS?
TESTS
STALL MANAGEMENT NO
YAW DAMPER
P/N 65-52822-XX
S/N X X XX X X X X X XX X
XXXXXXX XXXX
MOD INTO
X X X X X X X XX X X X
OTHER OTHER
YES
OPTIONS FUNCTNS?
NO
SHOWS TOP OF LIST
27-32-00-511.fm
1
2
2 SHOWS END OF LIST
27-32-00
- 19 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - EXISTING FAULTS
Existing Faults - Fault latched or not.
The EXISTING FAULTS test does a check of the interfaces To see the subsequent fault, push the up arrow key
between the SMYD and other airplane sensors and (previous) to go back to MORE DETAILS, and then push NO
monitors for active faults. To do the existing faults or the down arrow key. The display shows the next fault
test, do these steps: or END OF LIST if there are no more faults.
- Put on the SMYD BITE The SMYD 1 BITE has interfaces with different airplane
- EXISTING FAULTS shows as the first menu item sensors to store faults for these systems:
- Push the YES key to go into EXISTING FAULTS.
- Primary yaw damping system
When you push the YES key for EXISTING FAULTS, the SMYD - Stall warning system and elevator feel shift
BITE does a check for active faults. If there are no - Autoslat system
faults, the display shows NO FAULTS. - Display of performance data on CDS.
If there are faults, the display shows a fault The SMYD 2 BITE is almost the same and is for these
description with the most likely LRU to cause the systems:
fault. It starts with fault 1. If you push the down
arrow key, the display gives you a selection to see - WTRIS and standby yaw damping system
MORE DETAILS about the fault. Push YES to see more - Stall warning system and elevator feel shift
details about the fault, or push NO or the down arrow - Autoslat system
key to go to the subsequent fault. - Display of performance data on CDS.
When MORE DETAILS shows, push the YES key to see the After display of a fault if the fault is a latched
maintenance message number for the selected fault, and fault, the display shows RESET LATCHES. Push the YES
then push the down arrow key to show these fault key to do a reset of the latched fault. The display
details: shows RESET IN PROGRESS.
27-32-00-512.fm
- Flight deck effect for the fault
- The most likely LRU to cause the fault
- Hard or intermittent fault
27-32-00
- 20 -
T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T
FAULT
E X I S T I N G DESCRIPTION T O P O F
YES (FAULT 1)
F A U L T S ? L I S T
F A U L T M O RE M S G N O : MAINTENANCE
YES MESSAGE NUMBER
H I S T O R Y ? D E T A I L S ? X X - Y Y Z ZZ
FAULT DETAILS:
G R O U N D (FAULT FLT DECK EFFECT
T E S T S ? (FAULT N) DETAILS) TYPE OF FAULT
LATCHED OR NOT
O T H E R M O R E E N D O F
YES
F U N C T N S ? D E T A I L S ? L I S T
E N D O F R E S E T
YES
L I S T L A T C H E S?
E N D O F
L I S T
27-32-00-512.fm
R E S E T I N
P R O G R E SS
27-32-00
- 21 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - FAULT HISTORY
Fault History More Details
The fault history selection in the SMYD BITE shows After you select a flight leg with the YES key, the
fault data by flight leg in non-volatile memory (NVM). display shows fault 1 for that flight leg. If you then
Monitors in the SMYD LRU store fault data in NVM during push the down arrow key, the display first shows MORE
these conditions: DETAILS for you to select if you want to see details
about fault 1. If you push the YES key, the display
- System tests with the SMYD BITE shows details for fault 1. At MORE DETAILS? push the NO
- Continuous monitoring during normal operation key or down arrow key to go to the subsequent fault in
- Power-up tests. the same flight leg.
Faults are stored for this number of flight legs: If you select YES at MORE DETAILS for fault 1, the
display first shows the maintenance message number for
- Last 64 flight legs fault 1. If you then push the down arrow key, the
- Maximum of 256 faults. display shows these details about fault 1:
Only flight legs that have faults show in fault - Flight deck effects (FDE)
history. The flight leg changes when the airplane goes - Flight phase in which the fault was found
from the ground to air. This does not include touch and - The most likely LRU that caused the fault
go operations when airspeed stays above 60 kcas. - Hard or intermittent fault
- Fault latched or not.
Do these steps to see fault data by flight leg:
To see more faults, push the up arrow key (previous) to
- Put on the SMYD BITE go back to the MORE DETAILS menu. Then push the NO or
- Use the down arrow key to do a scroll to FAULT down arrow key to see if there are more faults for the
HISTORY selected flight leg. To see more flight legs, push the
- Push the YES key to go into FAULT HISTORY MENU key to go back to the flight legs sub-menu.
- Use the up or down arrow keys to do a scroll to the
necessary flight leg and push the YES key.
27-32-00-513.fm
27-32-00
- 22 -
T O P O F T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T L I S T
FAULT
E X I S T I N G F L I G H T DESCRIPTION T O P O F
F A U L T S ?
YES (FAULT 1) L I S T
L E G 0 ?
G R O U N D E N D O F (TYPE OF FAULT
T E S T S ? L I S T (FAULT N) (TYPE)
FAULT) DETAILS
O T H E R M O R E E N D O F
YES
F U N C T N S ? D E T A I L S ? L I S T
E N D O F E N D O F
L I S T L I S T
27-32-00-513.fm
27-32-00
- 23 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - GROUND TESTS
Ground Tests Discrete Inputs
GROUND TESTS is one of four main menu items in the SMYD In the DISCRETE INPUTS menu you monitor the status of
BITE. In this menu you can do different tests. These these discretes:
are the menu selections:
- Air/ground for NLG and MLG
- SELF TEST - Flaps up limit switches
- DISCRETE INPUTS - Flight control panel switch positions
- ARINC 429 INPUTS - TOGA switch status
- ANALOG INPUTS - Program pin selections
- SERVO TEST - Autoslat power availability (PRESENT or MISSING)
- DISPLAY TEST. - Stick shaker power availability
- Yaw damper power availability.
To start one of these tests, do these steps:
Push the YES key to see the discrete inputs list, and
- Put on the SMYD BITE then use the up/down arrow keys to move through the
- In the main menu use the down arrow key to do a list.
scroll to GROUND TESTS and push the YES key
- In GROUND TESTS you use the up or down arrow keys ARINC 429 Inputs
to do a scroll to the necessary ground test.
ARINC 429 INPUTS does a check of the activity status of
Self Test digital data inputs for these systems:
In the SELF TEST menu you do a test of the SMYD LRU for - On-side IR bus
internal faults. When you push YES for SELF TEST, the - Off-side IR bus
BITE display shows TEST IN PROGRESS until the test is - On-side ADR bus
complete. If the SMYD passes the test, the display - CDS DEU bus
shows SMYD LRU OK. If the SMYD does not pass the test, - FMC bus
the display shows SMYD LRU FAIL for 2 seconds, and then - DFCS MCP bus
it shows the first fault. Use the MENU key to go back to - SMYD cross-channel bus.
27-32-00-514.fm
the EXISTING FAULTS menu to do a check for faults.
27-32-00
- 24 -
27-32-00-514.fm
components on the rudder PCUs for correct operation and before.
the interfaces between the components and the SMYDs.
27-32-00
- 25 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - GROUND TESTS
Ground Tests Passed
If the ground test that you select passes the test, the
display shows TEST PASSED. If the test fails, the
display shows a fault message under MORE DETAILS. The
data under MORE DETAILS is the same as for the EXISTING
FAULTS test.
27-32-00-514.fm
27-32-00
- 26 -
T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T
E X I S T I N G S E L F
YES START THE TEST
F A U L T S ? T E S T ?
or NO
F A U L T D I S C R ET E
YES START THE TEST
H I S T O R Y ? I N P U T S?
G R O U N D A R I N C 42 9
YES
I N P U TS ?
YES START THE TEST
T E S T S ?
O T H E R A N A L OG
YES START THE TEST
F U N C T N S ? I N P U TS ?
E N D O F S E RV O
YES START THE TEST
L I S T T E S T?
D IS P L A Y
YES START THE TEST
T E S T S ?
27-32-00-514.fm
E N D O F
L I S T
27-32-00
- 27 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
SWS -- SMYD - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - OTHER FUNCTIONS
Other Functions - ARINC 429 inputs
- ARINC 429 low speed outputs
OTHER FUNCTIONS is one of the main menu selections in - ARINC 429 high speed outputs.
the SMYD BITE. It has these two sub-menu items:
You can see data on ARINC 429 buses for these systems:
- SYSTEM CONFIG
- I/O MONITOR - On-side IR bus (ADIRU)
- SET OUTPUTS. - Off-side IR bus
- On-side ADR bus
To enter these sub-menus, push the YES key for OTHER - CDS DEU bus
FUNCTIONS, then scroll to the desired sub-menu item - FMC bus
using the up and down arrow keys. - DFCS MCP bus
- SMYD cross-channel bus.
System Configuration
The data word label and value of data transmitted shows
In the system configuration sub-menu, you verify these for each ARINC bus. It also shows bit status whether 1
program pin options for the SMYD: or 0.
27-32-00-515.fm
In the I/O monitor sub-menu you verify SMYD input and
output data on these ARINC 429 buses:
27-32-00
- 28 -
S S C M D ?
T O P O F T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T L I S T MENU
E X I S T I N G S Y S T E M
S S C M D ? YES SS ACTIVATE REMOVE CMD
F A U L T S ? C O N F I G ?
NO
NO NO STARTS SS TEST
(SS ACTIVATES NOTE:
FOR 40 SEC) TEST RESETS
F A U L T I / O S S C M D & AFTER 1 MINUTE.
M O N I T O R ? YES USE MENU KEY TO
H I S T O R Y ? E F S M C M D?
SS & EFS GO UP A LEVEL.
ACTIVATE
O T H E R E N D O F
YES L I S T
F U N C T N S ?
E N D O F
L I S T
27-32-00-515.fm
27-32-00
- 29 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YAW DAMPER SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
22-23-00-001.fm
22-23-00
- 30 -
22-23-00-001.fm
CPC - cabin pressure controller
V - volts
CPU - central processing unit
Vmin - minimum safe airspeed
DC - direct current
Vmax - maximum safe design airspeed
22-23-00
- 31 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YAW DAMPER SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
WTRIS - wheel to rudder interconnect system
YDS - yaw damper system
22-23-00-001.fm
22-23-00
- 32 -
22-23-00-001.fm
UNWANTED YAW MOTION DUE TO DUTCH ROLL OR TURBULENCE
22-23-00
- 33 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
22-23-00-002.fm
22-23-00
- 34 -
The yaw damper system is an autoflight system that There are 2 rudder PCUs, a main and a standby, in the
moves the rudder to decrease airplane yaw movement vertical stabilizer. These PCUs are hydraulic actuators
caused by dutch roll or turbulence. The system operates that move the rudder in relation to pilot rudder pedal
for all phases of flight and normally engages on the inputs. The main rudder PCU is used only during normal
ground before takeoff. operations. The standby rudder PCU is used only during
standby operations.
These are the components for primary yaw damping:
The primary yaw damper uses the main rudder PCU to move
- SMYD 1 the rudder to decrease yaw. For yaw damping, these are
- Yaw damper engage switch the components on the main rudder PCU:
- Yaw damper disengage light
- Yaw damper indicator - Yaw damper solenoid valve
- Yaw damper components on the main rudder PCU. - Yaw damper electro-hydraulic servo valve (EHSV)
- Yaw damper LVDT
Yaw Damper Engage Switch and Disengage Light - Yaw damper actuator.
You engage the yaw damper system with a switch on the ADIRU
flight control panel. For primary yaw damping, system B
hydraulic pressure is necessary, and the FLT CTRL B The air data inertial reference units (ADIRUs) send
switch must be ON. The yaw damper disengage warning this inertial and air data to the SMYDs:
light is above the engage switch. For normal yaw damper
operation, the light is off. The light comes on to show - Airspeed
the yaw damper is not engaged while power is on the - Attitude
airplane. - Yaw and roll rates
- Accelerations.
Yaw Damper Indicator
SMYD 1 uses this data for detection of yaw movement.
The yaw damper indicator shows rudder movement because The SMYD then calculates a command to move the rudder
22-23-00-002.fm
of SMYD 1 primary yaw damping commands. The indicator in the opposite direction. This decreases unwanted yaw
does not show rudder movement because of rudder pedal movement of the airplane.
inputs. The indicator connects only to SMYD 1.
22-23-00
- 35 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
FMC
SMYD
22-23-00-002.fm
22-23-00
- 36 -
OFF OFF
FEEL a
DIFF PRESS
ON ON SPEED TRIM
FAIL
a
MACH TRIM
YAW DAMPER FAIL a
OFF
ON
YAW DAMPER
FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
INDICATOR
SMYD 1
22-23-00-002.fm
ADIRU (2) RUDDER
MAIN RUDDER PCU
IN VERTICAL STABILIZER
22-23-00
- 37 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- FLIGHT COMPARTMENT COMPONENT LOCATION
Engage Switch and Disengage Light
22-23-00-003.fm
22-23-00
- 38 -
LOW a LOW a UP
PRESSURE PRESSURE
OFF
SPOILER ARM
A B DOWN
OFF OFF
FEEL a
DIFF PRESS
ON ON
YAW DAMPER SPEED TRIM
FAIL
a
YAW DAMPER
22-23-00-003.fm
YAW DAMPER INDICATOR
22-23-00
- 39 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COMPARTMENT COMPONENT LOCATION
Stall Management Yaw Damper
22-23-00-004.fm
22-23-00
- 40 -
E3-2 SHELF
- SMYD 1
- SMYD 2
22-23-00-004.fm
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT COMPARTMENT
(LOOKING AFT)
22-23-00
- 41 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- VERTICAL STABILIZER COMPONENT LOCATION
Yaw Damper Components in Vertical Stabilizer
The yaw damper actuator and the LVDT are not line
replaceable.
22-23-00-005.fm
22-23-00
- 42 -
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
SERVO VALVE
22-23-00-005.fm
SOLENOID VALVE
22-23-00
- 43 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- INTERFACES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
22-23-00-006.fm
22-23-00
- 44 -
For the yaw damping function, SMYD 1 receives digital SMYD 1 supplies 28v dc to the solenoid valve in the
data from the following systems: main rudder PCU. This enables the primary yaw damper
function. SMYD 1 then calculates and sends yaw damper
- Air data inertial reference systems (ADIRS) commands to the electrohydraulic servo valve (EHSV).
- DFCS mode control panel (MCP) The LVDT on the main rudder PCU provides rudder
- Flight management computer system (FMCS) position feedback data to the SMYD and position data to
- SMYD 2. the yaw damper indicator.
ADIRU 1 provides this air data: The trailing edge flaps up limit switch sends flap
position data to SMYD 1. The SMYD uses this data during
- True airspeed yaw damping to limit rudder movement dependent on the
- Computed airspeed flaps being in the up position or the not up position.
- Mach number
- Baro corrected altitude The left AOA sensor sends airplane angle of attack data
- Impact pressure. to SMYD 1.
ADIRUs 1 and 2 provide this inertial data: SMYD 1 also supplies 28v dc to the yaw damper engage
switch on the P5 flight control panel. It also supplies
- Lateral acceleration 28v dc to hold the switch in the engaged position. A
22-23-00-006.fm
- Roll angle ground discrete is sent to turn on the yaw damper
- Roll rate annunciator whenever the yaw damper is disengaged.
- Yaw rate.
22-23-00
- 45 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- INTERFACES
The yaw damper disengage light receives power from the
Master Dim & Test system.
22-23-00-006.fm
22-23-00
- 46 -
115V AC
XFER BUS 1
YAW DAMPER
28V AC
XFER BUS 1
YAW DAMPER
28V DC LVDT
BUS 1 PRIMARY POSITION
YAW DAMPER POWER FEEDBACK
28V DC POWER
R ADIRU
MCP 3
ENGAGE SIGNAL
ENGAGE ENABLE HI
DFCS MCP
ENGAGE ENABLE LO
FMC 01 ENGAGE SWITCH
- - - - - - - - - - -
FMC 1
A A
ENGAGE COMMAND
TRANSFER RELAY
FMC 01 28/16V DC YD DISENGAGE LIGHT
UP FLAPS UP/NOT UP FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
MASTER DIM
FMC 2 & TEST
TRAILING EDGE FLAPS
UP SWITCH S245 X-CHANNEL
22-23-00-006.fm
ANGLE OF ATTACK
SMYD 1 SMYD 2
LEFT AOA SENSOR
NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM SHOWS ONLY INTERFACES FOR PRIMARY YAW DAMPING
YDS - INTERFACES
22-23-00
- 47 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- MAIN RUDDER PCU ACTUATOR - SOLENOID VALVE
Purpose
Physical Description
Functional Description
22-23-00-007.fm
22-23-00
- 48 -
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
RETURN PORT
YAW DAMPER
EHSV
YAW DAMPER
LVDT
YAW DAMPER
ACTUATOR
YAW DAMPER
SOLENOID VALVE
CONTROL CONTROL
VALVE A VALVE B INTERNAL
INTERNAL SUMMING LVR
22-23-00-007.fm
SUMMING LEVER
SYSTEM B
HYDRAULICS
22-23-00
- 49 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- MAIN RUDDER PCU - ELECTROHYDRAULIC SERVO VALVE
Purpose
Physical Description
Functional Description
22-23-00-008.fm
pressure to move the yaw damper actuator in the desired
direction for yaw damping.
22-23-00
- 50 -
OUTPUT PORTS TO
YAW DAMPER ACTUATOR
RETURN PORT
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
YAW DAMPER
EHSV
YAW DAMPER
LVDT
YAW DAMPER
ACTUATOR
YAW DAMPER
SOLENOID VALVE
CONTROL CONTROL
VALVE A VALVE B INTERNAL
INTERNAL SUMMING LVR
22-23-00-008.fm
SUMMING LEVER
SYSTEM B
HYDRAULICS
22-23-00
- 51 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- STALL MANAGEMENT YAW DAMPER
Purpose interfaces with the stall management functions and
primary yaw damping functions and provides fault data
The stall management yaw damper (SMYD) uses inertial for these functions.
data from the ADIRU and other data from airplane
sensors to detect unwanted airplane yaw motion caused Keypad
by dutch roll and turbulence. The SMYD sends commands
to the main rudder PCU to move the rudder to reduce You use the keypad to operate the SMYD BITE. The keypad
unwanted yaw. has these keys:
Bite Instructions
Display
The SMYD BITE module has a two line amber display. Each
22-23-00-009.fm
line has eight alphanumeric characters. The display
shows messages about the type of fault, maintenance
message number, and fault details. For SMYD 1, the BITE
22-23-00
- 52 -
STATIC
SENSITIVE
"BITE INSTRUCTIONS"
ON/OFF:Start or stop Bite BITE INSTRUCTIONS
MENU: To display menu
YES/NO: In response to
question (?)
OR :To scroll through
menu or results
BITE DISPLAY
BITE MODULE
BITE KEYPAD
ON
MENU
OFF
YES NO
STALL MANAGEMENT
YAW DAMPER
P/N 65-52822-XX
S/N X XXX X X X X X XX X
X XXX X X X XX X X
MOD
X XX X X X X XX X XX
NOTE:
22-23-00-009.fm
THE SMYD LRU IS AN ELCTRO-STATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICE. USE PROPER
PROCEDURES WHEN HANDLING THE LRU.
22-23-00
- 53 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- SMYD 1 - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
22-23-00-010.fm
22-23-00
- 54 -
Primary power for the yaw damping function is 28v dc. The input from the trailing edge flaps up switch S245
28v ac is also provided as the reference voltage for is used by the SMYD to limit the rudder authority. For
the main rudder PCU LVDT. primary yaw damping, these are the limits for rudder
travel:
The SMYD supplies 28v dc to the yaw damper solenoid
valve on the rudder PCU. When the solenoid energizes, - 2 degrees with flaps Up
it sends pressurized hydraulic fluid to the - 3 degrees with flaps Down.
electrohydraulic servo valve (EHSV).
The flight control switches send positionn discetes to
It also supplies 28v dc as the hold up voltage for the the SMYDs. These inputs are used to enable primary yaw
yaw damper engage switch on the flight control panel. damping (SMYD 1) or secondary yaw damping (SMYD 2).
Yaw Damping The program pins determine airplane model and SMYD
position.
The SMYD CPU contains the control law software for yaw
damping. Primary yaw damping uses this data from these Lateral acceleration, yaw rate, roll attitude and roll
systems and sensors: rate from both ADIRUS, computed airspeed from the
onside ADIRU, gross weight from the FMCS and yaw damper
- Left AOA sensor command data from SMYD 2 are all used in the yaw damper
- Trailing edge flap limit switch S245 control law.
- Flight control switches A and B
22-23-00-010.fm
- Program pins The MCP sends autopilot engage status to the SMYD. The
- Main rudder PCU LVDT SMYD uses this data to disengage the yaw damper in the
- Inertial reference data (L & R ADIRU) event of an ADIRU fault with the autopilot engaged.
22-23-00
- 55 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- SMYD 1 - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
When SMYD 1 senses airplane unwanted yaw motion and the Loss of either 28v dc or 28v ac voltages will cause the
yaw damper is engaged, it supplies a signal to the yaw damper to disenage.
EHSV. The current and polarity determine the amount and
direction the EHSV moves. The EHSV applies hydraulic The rudder servo loop is also monitored for correct
pressure to the yaw damper actuator in proportion to operation. The yaw damper will disengage if there is a
SMYD 1 yaw damper commands. The yaw damper actuator difference of 0.5 degrees between the actual servo loop
then provides the mechanical input to the main rudder response and a software modelled servo loop in the
PCU. SMYD.
The LVDT on the main rudder PCU sends yaw damper A hardware limiter monitors the output of the limit
actuator position data back to SMYD 1 and the yaw function to make sure the correct limit is selected
damper indicator on the P2 panel. The SMYD uses the according to flap position. If it is not within limits,
data to compare its commanded value with actual rudder the yaw damper disengages.
movement.
The flaps up switch S245 is monitored by comparing it
For primary yaw damping, the yaw damper commands from to the input from the flap position transmitter input.
both SMYDs are compared. If the calculations of the two If there is a disagreement, the yaw damper will
SMYDs do not agree, the primary yaw damper disengages. disengage.
BITE
22-23-00-010.fm
back to the OFF position within two seconds.
22-23-00
- 56 -
YAW DAMPER
INDICATOR
28V AC
POWER
28V DC
LVDT
YAW DAMPER ANALOG SOLENOID
ENGAGE SWITCH VALVE
OUTPUTS
FLT CTRL PANEL EHSV
ANALOG MAIN RUDDER PCU
INPUTS
LEFT AOA SENSOR
T/E FLAP LIMIT SOFTWARE
SWITCH S245 CPU CALCULATIONS
PROGRAM PINS
FLT CTRL PANEL
L ADIRU IR
ARINC
L ADIRU ADR 429 CROSS CHANNEL
BUS
R ADIRU IR ARINC OUTPUTS
429 SMYD 2
FMC INPUT
MCP
SMYD 2
FAULT
HISTORY KEYPAD
BITE DISPLAY
22-23-00-010.fm
SMYD 1
NOTE: ONLY THE INTERFACES FOR PRIMARY YAW DAMPING ARE SHOWN ON THIS GRAPHIC.
22-23-00
- 57 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- OPERATION
General Put the switch to the OFF position to disengage the
YDS. SMYD 1 removes power from the solenoid valve on
You use the yaw damper ON/OFF switch on the flight the main rudder PCU and, after a two-second delay, the
control panel to engage the yaw damper. yaw damper warning light comes on. The warning light
comes on any time the system disengages.
For the primary yaw damper system, there are these two
indicators in the flight compartment: Yaw Damper Indicator
- Yaw damper warning light The yaw damper indicator shows the rudder movement due
- Yaw damper indicator. to primary yaw damper commands from SMYD 1. For primary
yaw damping, rudder movement is limited to 2 degrees
The yaw damper warning light is on the flight control with flaps up and 3 degrees with flaps down. If you
panel above the yaw damper ON/OFF switch. The yaw move the rudder with the rudder pedals, the indicator
damper indicator is on the instrument panel. does not show rudder movement.
Engage Switch and Warning Light To do a test of the indicator and the primary yaw
damper system, do the SMYD 1 servo test in the SMYD
To engage the primary yaw damper system (YDS), put the BITE - GROUND TEST described at the end of this
yaw damper engage switch on the flight control panel to section.
the ON position. These are the conditions necessary to
engage the primary yaw damper system:
- Hydraulic system B is ON
- Flight control B is ON.
22-23-00-011.fm
primary yaw damping.
22-23-00
- 58 -
OFF OFF
FEEL DIFF
PRESS a
ON ON SPEED TRIM
FAIL a
DISENGAGE
WARNING LIGHT MACH TRIM
YAW DAMPER FAIL a
ON
FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
22-23-00-011.fm
YDS - OPERATION
22-23-00
- 59 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- OPERATIONS - ENGAGE INTERLOCKS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
22-23-00-012.fm
22-23-00
- 60 -
Engage Switch and Warning Light When the yaw damper is selected off or a fault is
present in the SMYD, the yaw damper will disengage. The
The primary yaw damper system (YDS) is engaged using yaw damper annunciator and associated master caution
the yaw damper engage switch on the flight control illuminate immediately. After two seconds, the actuator
panel. This provides the engage request to the SMYD. solenoid in the main rudder PCU is deenergized and the
The FLT CONT B switch must also be in the ON position to holding ground is removed from the yaw damper switch.
enable primary yaw damping.
SMYDs
The SMYD then does a self check to ensure that the yaw
damping function is valid. The following parameters are The two SMYDs are the same. They both do stall
required for the yaw damper valid self check: management and yaw damper functions. For stall
management functions, both SMYDs operate together. If
- Power monitor one function fails, the other SMYD will continue to do
- Software monitor stall management functions.
- Hardware monitor
- Servo loop monitor Only one SMYD does yaw damping at a time. SMYD 1 does
- Hardware limiter monitor only primary yaw damping during normal operations. SMYD
- Onside IR data 2 does WTRIS and standby yaw damping during standby
- Offside IR data operations. This is controlled by the FLT CONTROL A and
- DFCS engage status. B switches on the flight control panel.
The yaw damper function is declared valid when all SMYD 1 uses the main rudder PCU to move the rudder for
monitors pass the self check and both IR functions in the primary yaw damper function. For primary yaw
22-23-00-012.fm
their respective ADIRUs are valid or one IR source is damping, SMYD 1 compares its yaw damping calculations
valid and the autopilot is not engaged. with SMYD 2 before it sends a command to the main
rudder PCU. If the SMYD 2 calculations disagree or if
22-23-00
- 61 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- OPERATIONS - ENGAGE INTERLOCKS
SMYD 2 fails, the yaw damper function in SMYD 1
disengages even though SMYD 2 is not used for primary
yaw damping.
The light test can be done with the master dim and test
system.
22-23-00-012.fm
22-23-00
- 62 -
DC POWER
28V DC POWER SUPPLY A A
YAW DAMPER 1
BUS 1 MASTER
2 SEC WARNING
YAW DAMPER 2 SYSTEM
P18 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL DISENGAGE LIGHT
ENGAGE
FLIGHT CONTROL
ENABLE 2 SEC MODULE
YD CHANNEL
VALID
YAW
DAMPER 2 SEC
SWITCH
ON
FLT CONT B ENGAGE
ENABLE 2 SEC
OFF/STANDBY YAW DAMPER
YD CHANNEL
VALID ACTUATOR
SOLENOID
ON
FLT CONT A 2 SEC
STANDBY RUDDER PCU
22-23-00-012.fm
FLIGHT CONTROL
PANEL
SMYD 2
22-23-00
- 63 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE
General BITE Operation
The SMYD has these BITE functions: To start the BITE, push the ON/OFF key on the BITE
module. EXISTING FAULTS? shows as the first menu item.
- Continuous monitor Push the YES key to answer questions and to move down
- BITE tests. further in the selected menu item on the display. Push
the NO or down arrow key to see the next menu item. In
Continuous Monitor some lists, TOP OF LIST or END OF LIST shows for one
second when you move to the top or bottom of the list.
The continuous monitor function of BITE monitors the Push the MENU key to exit a menu and move back up one
SMYD LRU for proper operation. When the SMYD has an level to the previous menu. One of these conditions are
internal failure a fault is recorded in fault history. necessary to start BITE:
Some faults will cause the SMYD to have no outputs for
the stall management and yaw damper functions. - Flaps Up and VCAS < 60 knots
- On-side engine N1<15% and off-side engine N2<50%.
BITE Tests
These conditions make sure that if BITE is ON, it will
The BITE tests are used to do tests of components and turn off prior to takeoff. Also, a time delay will turn
sensors that interface with the SMYD. They have these off the BITE control panel if no push-buttons are
functions: pushed for five minutes or longer.
22-23-00-015.fm
with eight characters per line. At the start of the BITE, EXISTING FAULTS? shows. Push
the YES key to select this menu or use the NO or down
arrow key to go to the next main menu selection.
22-23-00
- 64 -
STATIC
SENSITIVE
ON
"BITE INSTRUCTIONS"
OFF
ON/OFF: Start or stop Bite
MENU : To display menu 1
YES/NO: In response to
question (?)
OR :To scroll through
menu or results INTO EXISTING
EXISTING YES
FAULTS?
FAULTS
NO
(2 lines, 8 alpha-
numeric characters)
ON-SIDE ENGINE N1 < 15%
OFF-SIDE ENGINE N2 < 50%
BITE
INTO FAULTS ENABLE
ON FAULTS YES
HISTORY? FLAPS UP
MENU HISTORY AIRSPEED < 60 KNOTS
OFF NO
YES NO
INTO GROUND
GROUND YES
TESTS?
STALL MANAGEMENT TESTS
YAW DAMPER NO
P/N 65-52822-XX
S/N X X XX X X X X X XX X
XXXXXXX XXXX
MOD
X X X X X X X XX X X X INTO
OTHER YES
OTHER
FUNCTIONS FUNCTNS?
1 SHOWS TOP OF LIST FOR 1 SECOND
22-23-00-015.fm
NO
22-23-00
- 65 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - EXISTING FAULTS
Existing Faults To see more faults, push the up arrow key (previous) to
go back to MORE DETAILS?, then push NO or the down
The EXISTING FAULTS test checks the interfaces between arrow key (next) to see if there are more faults.
the SMYD and airplane sensors to checks for current
faults. To do the existing faults test, do these steps: The BITE for SMYD 1 interfaces with various airplane
sensors to record faults for the stall management and
- Turn ON the SMYD BITE primary yaw damper functions for these systems:
- EXISTING FAULTS? shows as the first menu item
- Push the YES key to enter EXISTING FAULTS. - Primary yaw damping system
- Stall Warning System
When you push the YES key for EXISTING FAULTS, the SMYD - Autoslat system
BITE will do a check for current faults. If there are - Performance data.
no faults, the display shows NO FAULTS.
Reset Latches
If there are faults either for yaw damping or stall
management functions, the the fault description starts After the display of the last fault, the display asks
with fault 1. If you then push the down arrow key, the RESET LATCHES?. Only some faults will latch. To reset,
display will ask if you want to see MORE DETAILS? about push the YES switch. The display shows RESET IN
the fault. You can push YES to see more details for the PROGRESS while it resets the latched faults.
fault. Or you can push NO or the down arrow key to go to
the next fault.
More Details
22-23-00-016.fm
- Flight phase in which the fault was detected
- The most likely LRU causing the fault
- Hard or intermittent fault and if it is latched.
22-23-00
- 66 -
T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T
FAULT
DESCRIPTION
E X I S T I N G T O P O F
YES (FAULT 1)
F A U L T S ? L I S T
MAINTENANCE
F A U L T M O R E M S G N O : MESSAGE NUMBER
YES
H I S T O R Y ? D E T A I L S ? X X - Y Y Z Z Z
FAULT DETAILS:
G R O U N D (FAULT FLT DECK EFFECT
T E S T S ? DETAILS) FLIGHT PHASE
(FAULT N) MOST LIKELY LRU
LATCHED OR NOT
O T H E R E N D O F
F U N C T N S ? M O R E YES L I S T
D E T A I L S ?
E N D O F
L I S T R E S E T
YES
L A T C H E S ?
E N D O F
22-23-00-016.fm
L I S T
R E S E T I N
P R O G R E S S
22-23-00
- 67 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - FAULT HISTORY
Fault History push the down arrow key, the display first shows MORE
DETAILS? to ask if you want to see details for fault 1.
The fault history selection in the SMYD BITE shows If you push the YES key, the display shows details for
fault information by flight leg stored in non-volatile fault 1. Under MORE DETAILS? if you push NO or the down
memory (NVM). Monitors in the SMYD store fault data in arrow key, the display goes to the next fault in that
NVM during these conditions: flight leg.
- System tests using the SMYD BITE Under MORE DETAILS? for fault 1 if you say YES, the
- Continuous monitoring during normal operation display first shows the maintenance message number for
- Power up tests. fault 1. If you then push the down arrow key, the
display shows these details for fault 1:
Faults are stored for this number of flight legs:
- Flight deck effect(s) (FDE)
- Last 64 flight legs - Flight phase when the fault was detected
- Maximum of 256 faults. - The most likely LRU that caused the fault
- Hard or intermittent fault and if it is latched.
Only flight legs that have faults show in fault
history. The flight leg changes when the airplane goes To see more faults, push the up arrow key (previous) to
from the ground to air except during touch and go go back to MORE DETAILS? then push the NO or down arrow
operations when the airspeed remains above 60 KCAS. keys to see if there are more faults under the selected
flight leg. To see additional flight legs, push the
For fault information by flight leg, do these steps: MENU key to go back to the flight legs sub-menu.
More Details
22-23-00-017.fm
After you select a flight leg with the YES key, the
display shows fault 1 for that flight leg. If you then
22-23-00
- 68 -
T O P O F T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T L I S T
E X I S T I N G F L I G H T T O P O F
YES (FAULT 1)
F A U L T S ? L E G 0 ? L I S T
F A U L T F L I G H T M O R E M S G N O :
YES YES D E T A I L S ? YES MENU
H I S T O R Y ? L E G ( N ) ? X X - Y Y Z Z Z
USE THE MENU KEY
OR NO TO RETURN TO THE
PREVIOUS MENU
G R O U N D E N D O F
(FAULT N) (TYPE) MENU
T E S T S ? L I S T
O T H E R M O R E E N D O F
D E T A I L S ? YES L I S T
F U N C T N S ?
E N D O F E N D O F
L I S T L I S T
22-23-00-017.fm
22-23-00
- 69 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - GROUND TESTS
Ground Tests information under MORE DETAILS is the same as for the
existing faults test that was discussed previously.
GROUND TESTS is one of four main menu items in the SMYD
BITE. On this menu, you can do these functions: Self Tests
- SMYD LRU self test The SELF TEST does a check of the SMYD LRU for internal
- See the status of discrete inputs and analog faults. When you push YES for self tests, the display
inputs to the SMYD shows TEST IN PROGRESS until the test is complete. If
- See the activity status of ARINC 429 inputs the SMYD passes the test, the display shows SMYD LRU
- Servo test of the yaw damper components on the OK. If the SMYD does not pass the test, the display
rudder PCU shows SMYD LRU FAIL for 2 seconds, then shows the first
- Test of the BITE display. fault.
22-23-00-018.fm
If the ground test that you selected passes, the
display shows TEST PASSED. If the test fails, the
display shows a fault message under MORE DETAILS. The
22-23-00
- 70 -
On the ARINC 429 INPUT menu, you can do a check of the With the SERVO TEST you do a test of the yaw damper
activity status of these ARINC 429 buses: components on the rudder PCUs and the interfaces
between the SMYDs and the rudder PCUs. The SMYD 1 BITE
- On-side IR bus does a test of these primary yaw damper components on
- Off-side IR bus the main rudder PCU:
- On-side ADR bus
- CDS DEU bus - Yaw damper solenoid valve
- FMC bus - Yaw damper EHSV
- DFCS MCP bus - Yaw damper LVDT.
- SMYD Cross-channel bus.
Display Test
Push the YES switch to see if the bus is ACTIVE or
INACTIVE. Use the up and down arrow keys to move The DISPLAY TEST lets you do a test of the display on
through the list. the BITE module on the front of the SMYD. To do a test
of the display, push the YES key when the DISPLAY TEST
Analog Inputs prompt shows.
On the ANALOG INPUTS menu, you do a check of the status This test takes 10 seconds. All the LEDs on the left
of data from analog sensors that send data to the half of the top line come on first, then all the LEDs on
SMYDs. For SMYD 1, you can do a check of these analog the right half come on. Next, all the LEDs on the left
sensors for primary yaw damping: half of the bottom line come on, then all the LEDs on
the right half come on. There are eight alphanumeric
- Left AOA sensor characters on each of the two lines. When the test is
- Right flap position transmitter complete, DISPLAY TEST? shows on the display. Push the
- LVDT on main rudder PCU. MENU key to return to the previous menu.
Push the YES switch to select a sensor. Use the up Ground Tests Passed
(previous) or down (next) arrow keys to move through
22-23-00-018.fm
the list. If the ground test that you selected passes, the
display shows TEST PASSED. If the test fails, the
display shows a fault message under MORE DETAILS. The
22-23-00
- 71 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - GROUND TESTS
information under MORE DETAILS is the same as for the
existing faults test that were discussed in a previous
section.
22-23-00-018.fm
22-23-00
- 72 -
T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T
E X I S T I N G S E L F
F A U L T S ? YES START THE TEST
T E S T ?
F A U L T D I S C R E T E
YES START THE TEST
H I S T O R Y ? I N P U T S
G R O U N D A R I N C 4 2 9
YES YES START THE TEST
T E S T S ? I N P U T S ?
O T H E R A N A L O G
YES START THE TEST
F U N C T N S ? I N P U T S ?
1
2
E N D O F S E R V O
L I S T YES START THE TEST
T E S T ?
D I S P L A Y
22-23-00-018.fm
1 USE THE UP OR DOWN ARROW KEYS
TO SCROLL THROUGH THE MENU T E S T ? YES START THE TEST
2 PUSH THE YES KEY TO START THE TEST
22-23-00
- 73 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - SERVO TEST
Ground Tests - Servo Test During the sweep test, the SMYD 1 servo command is
compared to the LVDT value from the main rudder PCU to
Under the GROUND TESTS menu, the SMYD 1 SERVO TEST does see if the rudder moves the commanded value. Rudder
a test of the yaw damper components on the main rudder movement shows on the SMYD BITE display in degrees of
PCU for the primary yaw damping system. The SERVO TEST rudder travel, and on the yaw damper indicator in the
consists of these two tests: flight deck.
- ZERO COMMAND If the test passes, the display shows TEST PASSED. Push
- SWEEP TEST. the MENU key to go to the previous sub-menu, SERVO
TEST. If the test fails, the display shows TEST FAILED
For these tests, hydraulic system B pressure is and then shows the first fault. Push the down arrow key
necessary and the flight control system B switch on the and the display asks if you want to see MORE DETAILS.
flight control panel must be ON. Push YES to see more details about the fault.
Zero Command
For the ZERO COMMAND test, the SMYD commands the rudder
to move to the zero position. SMYD 1 then compares its
commanded value to the value from the LVDT on the main
rudder PCU for rudder position. BITE shows the LVDT
values in degrees.
Sweep Test
For the SWEEP TEST, SMYD 1 commands the main rudder PCU
22-23-00-020.fm
to move the rudder left, right, and then to the zero
position. During this test, rudder travel is limited to
2 degrees with flaps up, and 3 degrees with flaps down.
22-23-00
- 74 -
S E R V O F L T C T R L R U D D E R
T E S T ? B O N ? M O V I N G
R U D C M D T E S T
YES YES L E F T P A S S E D Y D C M D
( V A L U E )
MENU
W A R N I N G ! Y A W D M P R L V D T
W A R N I N G ! E N G A G E D ? ( V A L U E )
L V D T
S E R V O NO
( V A L U E )
T E S T ?
R U D D E R R U D C M D
YES
M O V E M E N T R I G H T
E N D Z E R O
1 OR T E S T C O M M A N D ?
F A I L E D
R U D D E R Z E R O L V D T
YES ( V A L U E )
C L E A R E D ? C O M M A N D ?
NO (FAULT 1)
YES
YES S W E E P R U D C M D NO
YES Z E R O
T E S T ?
M O RE
S Y S B D E T A I L S ? R U D D E R
HY D O N ? L V D T M O V I N G
( V A L U E )
YES PUSH YES FOR
MORE DETAILS
22-23-00-020.fm
YES
1 BITE SHOWS INIT NOT COMPLETE MENU USE THE MENU KEY TO RETURN
IF INITIALIZATION IS NOT COMPLETE TO THE PREVIOUS MENU
22-23-00
- 75 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - OTHER FUNCTIONS
Other Functions - ARINC 429 inputs
- ARINC 429 low speed outputs
OTHER FUNCTIONS is the last of four main menu items in - ARINC 429 high speed outputs.
the SMYD BITE. It has these sub-menus:
You can see the actual data being transmitted on data
- SYSTEM CONFIG words that you select for these systems:
- I/O MONITOR
- SET OUTPUTS. - On-side IR bus
- Off-side IR bus
To enter OTHER FUNCTIONS, push the YES key for this - On-side ADR bus
selection. You can then scroll through the sub-menu - CDS DEU bus
items with the arrow keys, and push the YES key to see - FMC bus
data for the desired selection. - DFCS MCP bus
- SMYD cross-channel bus.
System Configuration
The value of the data transmitted on each data word
In the SYSTEM CONFIG sub-menu, you can verify these shows and includes the units such as degrees or degrees
system configurations for the SMYD LRU: per second, knots airspeed, gross weight, and Bit
status whether 1 or 0.
- Part number
- Software Level Refer to the section on SMYD digital interfaces for
- Position (1 or 2) in E/E bay information about digital input/output data.
- Airplane model
- FAA or CAA/FAA. Set Outputs
This menu provides hardware part number and software In the SET OUTPUTS sub-menu, you do a test of the two
level, SMYD position, airplane type, and FAA or FAA/CAA output signals for EFSM operation. SS CMD does a test
configuration for speed tape displays of Vmo/Mmo. of the 28v dc power supply to the stick shaker (SS) and
the elevator feel shift module (EFSM). The combined SS
I/O Monitor CMD & EFSM CMD does a test of the electrical ground
22-23-00-019.fm
signal provided to the EFSM and completes the circuit
In the I/O MONITOR sub-menu you can verify these ARINC for EFSM operation.
429 input/output data to the SMYD:
22-23-00
- 76 -
T O P O F T O P O F T O P O F
L I S T L I S T L I S T
DISPLAYS ARINC
F A U L T I / O A R I N C 4 29 429 LOW SPEED
YES YES
H I S T O R Y ? M O N I T O R ? O U T P U T S? OUTPUTS ON
DATA WORDS
DISPLAYS ARINC
G R O U N D S E T TO SS CMD AND O T H E R 429 HIGH SPEED
YES YES
T E S T S ? O U T P U T S ? EFSM CMD TESTS D A T A ? OUTPUTS ON
DATA WORDS
O T H E R E N D O F E N D O F
YES L I S T
F U N C T N S ? L I S T
E N D O F
L I S T
22-23-00-019.fm
MENU USE THE MENU KEY TO RETURN
TO THE PREVIOUS MENU
22-23-00
- 77 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
YDS -- SMYD 1 - SYSTEM SUMMARY
General
22-23-00-021.fm
22-23-00
- 78 -
R ADIRU
SMYD 2
FMC
RA
22-23-00-021.fm
NOTE: THIS PAGE SHOWS SMYD 1
INTERFACES FOR THE PRIMARY
MCP SMYD 1 YAW DAMPING SYSTEM ONLY.
22-23-00
- 79 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WHEEL TO RUDDER INTERCONNECT SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
Purpose LVDT - linear variable differential transformer
MCP - mode control panel (DFCS)
The wheel to rudder interconnect system (WTRIS) assists N1 - engine low pressure rotor (fan) speed
turns during flight control manual reversion operations
N2 - engine high pressure rotor speed
when both flight control A and B hydraulics are OFF,
and the standby system is ON. The WTRIS commands a NN - a number from 01 to 99
small amount of rudder movement as a function of the PCU - power control unit
captain control wheel aileron input to help turns. SMYD - stall management yaw damper
V - volts
Abbreviations and Acronyms WTRIS - wheel to rudder interconnect system
YDS - yaw damper system
AC - alternating current
ADR - air data reference
ADIRU - air data inertial reference unit
AOA - angle of airflow
ARINC - Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
ATR - Austin Trumbull Radio
BITE - built-in test equipment
CAA - Civil Aviation Authority
CDS - common display system
CPU - central processing unit
DC - direct current
DEU - display electronic unit
DFCS - digital flight control system
EHSV - electrohydraulic servo valve
FAA - Federal Aviation Administration
FMC - flight management computer
27-24-00-001.fm
IR - inertial reference
I/O - input/output
LRU - line replaceable unit
27-24-00
- 80 -
SMYD 2
(E/E BAY)
27-24-00-001.fm
CONTROL WHEEL
POSITION SENSOR
(CAPT SIDE)
27-24-00
- 81 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-24-00-002.fm
27-24-00
- 82 -
27-24-00-002.fm
The captain control wheel (CW) position sensor senses the SMYD to put a limit on rudder travel when the flaps
pilot aileron input and sends an analog signal to the are up.
27-24-00
- 83 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Left Flap Position Transmitter
27-24-00-002.fm
27-24-00
- 84 -
LOW LOW UP
PRESSURE PRESSURE
OFF
SPOILER ARM
A B DOWN
SMYD 2 RUDDER
27-24-00
- 85 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- COMPONENT LOCATIONS
Flight Compartment
27-24-00-003.fm
27-24-00
- 86 -
LOW a LOW a UP
PRESSURE PRESSURE
OFF
FLIGHT CONTROL SPOILER ARM
SYSTEM B SWITCH A B DOWN
OFF OFF a
FEEL
DIFF PRESS
ON ON SPEED TRIM
YAW DAMPER FAIL a
ENGAGE SWITCH
OFF
ON
27-24-00-003.fm
FWD CAPT CONTROL WHEEL
POSITION SENSOR
WTRIS - COMPONENT LOCATIONS
27-24-00
- 87 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COMPARTMENT COMPONENT LOCATIONS
Stall Management Yaw Damper
27-24-00-004.fm
27-24-00
- 88 -
E3-2 SHELF
- SMYD 1 (REF)
- SMYD 2
27-24-00-004.fm
27-24-00
- 89 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- INTERFACES
Power on the standby rudder PCU sends rudder position data to
SMYD 2 about rudder movement.
SMYD 2 gets 28v dc from DC bus 1 and 28v ac from
transfer bus 1. 28v dc power goes from SMYD 2 to the yaw The trailing edge flaps up limit switches send flaps
damper engage switch. up/not up data to SMYD 2 to limit rudder movement when
the flaps are up.
The linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) on
the standby rudder PCU gets 28v ac from the same The left flap position transmitter sends flap position
circuit as SMYD 2. data to SMYD 2 to use in stall warning, WTRIS and yaw
damping command calculation.
Digital Data
The right AOA sensor sends angle-of-airflow information
SMYD 2 receives airplane gross weight from the FMC. to SMYD 2 to use in stall warning, WTRIS and yaw
damping command calculation.
SMYD 2 receives these air data from the right ADIRU:
Power goes from the DC power and dim control to the yaw
- Airspeed damper disengage light.
- Impact pressure.
The captain control wheel (CW) position sensor sends
SMYD 2 receives these inertial data from the left and control wheel aileron input information to SMYD 2 for
right ADIRUs: the WTRIS function.
27-24-00-006.fm
assist turns during flight control manual reversion,
and for standby yaw damping/turn coordination. The LVDT
27-24-00
- 90 -
28V AC
XFR BUS 1
YAW DAMPER CONTROL WHEEL
28V DC POSITION
BUS 1
YAW DAMPER CAPT CONTROL WHEEL
POSITION SENSOR
P6-1 CB PANEL
27-24-00-006.fm
TRAILING EDGE FLAPS UP
LIMIT SWITCHES
NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM ONLY SHOWS SMYD INTERFACES
FOR WTRIS AND STANDBY YAW DAMPING
WTRIS - INTERFACES
27-24-00
- 91 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- STALL MANAGEMENT YAW DAMPER
Purpose Display
SMYD 2 calculates and sends commands to the yaw damper The SMYD BITE module has a two-line amber display. Each
components on the standby rudder PCU to move the rudder line has eight alphanumeric characters. The display
for WTRIS and standby yaw damping/turn coordination. shows messages about the type of fault, maintenance
SMYD 2 uses control wheel (aileron) position data to message number, and fault details when you do BITE. The
command small amounts of rudder movement to help turns SMYD 2 BITE interfaces with and provides fault data for
during flight control manual reversion, when on standby stall management functions and for standby yaw damping
hydraulics. SMYD 2 uses inertial data from the ADIRU to and WTRIS.
detect unwanted yaw motion due to dutch roll or
turbulence. Keypad
SMYD 2 also does stall management functions. You use the keys on the BITE module to operate the SMYD
BITE. The keypad has these keys:
Physical Description
- ON/OFF
The SMYD weighs approximately 10 lbs. It uses 10 watts - MENU
of power. A standard Boeing BITE module is on the front - YES
of the LRU and interfaces with the SMYD to monitor - NO
operation and record faults. The BITE module has these - Up arrow (previous)
features on the front of the unit: - Down arrow (next).
- Bite instructions on the label See the SMYD section for more information about BITE
- Display operation.(AMM PART I 27-32)
- Keypad.
Bite Instructions
27-24-00-009.fm
27-24-00
- 92 -
STATIC
SENSITIVE
"BITE INSTRUCTIONS" BITE INSTRUCTIONS
ON/OFF:Start or stop Bite
MENU : To display menu
YES/NO: In response to
question (?)
OR : To scroll through
menu or results
KEYPAD
ON
MENU
OFF
YES NO
STALL MANAGEMENT
YAW DAMPER
P/N 65-52822-XX
S/N X XXX X X X X X XX X
X XXX X X X XX X X
MOD
X XX X X X X XX X XX
27-24-00-009.fm
NOTE:
OBSERVE PRECAUTIONS FOR
ELECTRO-STATIC SENSITIVE
DEVICES WHEN YOU HANDLR
THE SMYD LRU.
WTRIS - STALL MANAGEMENT YAW DAMPER
27-24-00
- 93 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- SMYD 2 - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
General SMYD 2 receives inertial data from the ADIRU to
calculate commands for standby yaw damping and turn
SMYD 2 uses analog and digital data inputs to calculate coordination. These commands go to the yaw damper EHSV
rudder commands for WTRIS and standby yaw damping/turn on the standby rudder PCU to move the rudder.
coordination.
The EHSV applies hydraulic pressure to the yaw damper
Engage Interlock actuator and the actuator makes a mechanical summing
input to the rudder PCU to move the rudder to assist
SMYD 2 supplies 28v dc to the yaw damper solenoid valve turns and to reduce unwanted yaw. The standby LVDT
on the standby rudder PCU. When this solenoid valve is sends yaw damper actuator position data about rudder
energized it supplies hydraulic fluid to the EHSV to movement to SMYD 2.
operate the yaw damper actuator on the standby rudder
PCU to move the rudder for WTRIS and standby yaw WTRIS only operates at Mach < 0.4. The gain schedule
damping. changes from 1 (full gain) at Mach < 0.3 to zero gain at
Mach > 0.4.
WTRIS
For WTRIS and standby yaw damping, these are the limits
The WTRIS function of SMYD 2 uses control wheel aileron for rudder commands:
inputs from the captain control wheel position sensor
to command small amounts of rudder movement. This helps - 2 degrees with flaps up
turn the airplane during flight control manual - 2.5 degrees with flaps not up.
reversion when operating on standby hydraulics.
BITE
The SMYD central processing unit (CPU) operates the
control law software. For SMYD 2, the software The SMYD has BITE test and continuous BITE. It stores
calculations are based on inputs from these components: failures in fault history. The keypad is for operator
interface. The display shows test results and prompts
- Captain control wheel position sensor for input.
- ADIRUs (inertial and air data)
- Right AOA sensor
27-24-00-010.fm
- FMC
- Standby rudder PCU LVDT
- Trailing edge flap up limit switches.
27-24-00
- 94 -
FAULT
HISTORY KEYPAD
BITE DISPLAY
27-24-00-010.fm
SMYD 2
NOTE: ONLY INTERFACES FOR WTRIS AND STBY YAW
DAMPING ARE SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM.
WTRIS - SMYD 2 - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
27-24-00
- 95 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- OPERATIONS
General control panel. After a two-second delay the engage
switch moves to OFF, and the yaw damper disengage light
The yaw damper engage switch on the flight control comes ON to show the system is disengaged.
panel operates the WTRIS and standby yaw damper. The
yaw damper disengage warning light is above the engage
switch.
27-24-00-011.fm
the engage solenoid valve on the standby rudder PCU to
stop hydraulic fluid to the EHSV. SMYD 2 also removes
power from the yaw damper engage switch on the flight
27-24-00
- 96 -
LOW a LOW a UP
PRESSURE PRESSURE
OFF
SPOILER ARM
A B DOWN
OFF OFF
FEEL a
DIFF PRESS
ON ON SPEED TRIM
FAIL
a
DISENGAGE MACH TRIM
WARNING LIGHT YAW DAMPER FAIL a
27-24-00-011.fm
ON
WTRIS - OPERATIONS
27-24-00
- 97 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- OPERATIONS - ENGAGE INTERLOCKS
General You can do a test of the light with the master dim and
test system.
SMYD 2 operates the wheel to rudder interconnect system
(WTRIS) and standby yaw damping during standby SMYD
operations. For WTRIS and standby yaw damping, SMYD 2
requires that both flight control A and B hydraulic When a SMYD computer is in the number 2 position it
switches be OFF, with at least one switch in STBY RUD operates the WTRIS and standby yaw damping. These
to provide standby hydraulic pressure to the standby systems only operate when in flight control manual
rudder PCU. reversion mode. This is when flight control hydraulic
system A and B are OFF and the standby system is ON.
Engage Switch and Warning Light
27-24-00-012.fm
connected in series through both SMYDs. For normal
operation, both SMYDs are necessary on the airplane.
27-24-00
- 98 -
DC POWER
A A
POWER SUPPLY
28V DC YAW DAMPER 1 MASTER
BUS 1 2 SEC WARNING
SYSTEM
YAW DAMPER 2 DISENGAGE LIGHT
P18 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL FLIGHT CONTROL
PANEL
2 SEC
YD CHANNEL OK YAW DAMPER
ACTUATOR
SOLENOID
YAW 2 SEC
DAMPER PROGRAM MAIN RUDDER PCU
SWITCH NC PINS
OFF/
STANDBY SMYD 1
POWER SUPPLY
ON
FLT CONT B 2 SEC
OFF/ 2 SEC
STANDBY YD CHANNEL OK YAW DAMPER
ACTUATOR
SOLENOID
ON 2 SEC
FLT CONT A NC PROGRAM
27-24-00-012.fm
PINS STANDBY RUDDER PCU
FLIGHT CONTROL
PANEL
SMYD 2
27-24-00
- 99 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE
General BITE Operation
The SMYD has these BITE functions: To start the BITE, push the ON/OFF key on the BITE
module. EXISTING FAULTS? shows as the first menu item.
- Continuous monitor Push the YES key to answer questions and to move down
- BITE Tests. further in the selected menu item on the display. Push
the NO or down arrow key to see the next menu item. In
Continuous Monitor some lists, TOP OF LIST or END OF LIST shows for one
second when you move to the top or bottom of the list.
The continuous monitor function of BITE monitors the Push the MENU key to exit the menu and move back up one
SMYD LRU for proper operation. When the SMYD has an level to the previous menu. One of these conditions is
internal failure, a fault is recorded in fault history. necessary to start BITE:
Some faults cause the SMYD to have no outputs for the
stall management and yaw damper functions. - Flaps up and VCAS < 60 knots
- On-side engine N1<15% and off-side engine N2<50%.
BITE Tests
These BITE start conditions make sure that if BITE is
BITE Tests are used to do tests of components and ON, it will turn off before takeoff. Also, a time delay
sensors that interface with the SMYD. It has these turns off the BITE control panel if no push-buttons are
functions: pushed for five minutes or longer.
27-24-00-015.fm
At the start of the BITE, EXISTING FAULTS? shows. Push
the YES key to select this menu or use the NO or down
arrow key to go to the next main menu selection.
27-24-00
- 100 -
STATIC ON
SENSITIVE
"BITE INSTRUCTIONS" OFF
ON/OFF: Start or stop Bite
MENU : To display menu 1
YES/NO: In response to
question (?)
INTO EXISTING
OR :To scroll through
EXISTING YES
menu or results FAULTS?
FAULTS
NO
YES NO
INTO GROUND
GROUND YES
TESTS?
TESTS
STALL MANAGEMENT NO
YAW DAMPER
P/N 65-52822-XX
S/N X X XX X X X X X XX X
XXXXXXX XXXX
MOD INTO
X X X X X X X XX X X X OTHER
OTHER YES
FUNCTNS?
FUNCTIONS
NO
1 SHOWS TOP OF LIST FOR 1 SECOND
27-24-00-015.fm
2 SHOWS END OF LIST FOR 1 SECOND
2
27-24-00
- 101 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - GROUND TESTS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-24-00-016.fm
27-24-00
- 102 -
The SELF TEST does a check of the SMYD LRU for internal - On-side IR bus
faults. When you push YES, the display shows - Off-side IR bus
TEST IN PROGRESS until the test is complete. If the - On-side ADR bus
27-24-00-016.fm
SMYD passes the test, the display shows SMYD LRU OK. If - CDS DEU bus
the SMYD does not pass the test, the display shows - FMC bus
- DFCS MCP bus
27-24-00
- 103 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - GROUND TESTS
- SMYD cross-channel bus. - Standby yaw damper solenoid valve
- Standby yaw damper EHSV
Push the YES key to see if the bus is ACTIVE or - Standby yaw damper LVDT.
INACTIVE. Use the up and down arrow keys to move
through the list. Display Test
The GROUND TESTS menu only shows whether the data bus The DISPLAY TEST lets you do a test of the display on
for each system is active or inactive. To observe ARINC the BITE module on the front of the SMYD. To do a test
429 data for these systems, go to the OTHER FUNCTIONS of the display, push the YES key when the DISPLAY TEST
selection in the main menu. prompt shows.
Analog Inputs The test takes about 10 seconds. All the LEDs on the
left half of the top line will come on first, then all
In the ANALOG INPUTS menu, you do a check of the status the LEDs on the right half will come on. Next all the
of data from analog sensors that send data to the SMYD. LEDs on the left half of the bottom line will come on,
For SMYD 2 (WTRIS and standby yaw damping systems) a then all the LEDs on the right half will come on. There
check can be done for these analog sensors: are eight characters on each of the two lines. When the
test is complete, DISPLAY TEST? shows on the display.
- Right AOA sensor Push the MENU key to return to the previous menu.
- Left flap position transmitter
- LVDT on standby rudder PCU Ground Tests Passed
- Captain control wheel position sensor.
If the ground test that you selected passes the test,
Push the YES key to select an analog sensor. Use the up the display shows TEST PASSED. If the test fails, the
(previous) or down (next) arrow keys to move through display shows a fault message under MORE DETAILS. The
the list. information under MORE DETAILS is the same as for the
existing faults test that were discussed in a previous
Servo Test section.
27-24-00-016.fm
of the yaw damper components on the standby rudder PCU
and their interface with SMYD 2. You do a test of these
components:
27-24-00
- 104 -
T O P O F
L I S T
G R O U N D S E L F
YES
T E S T S ? T E S T ?
A R I N C 4 2 9
I N P U T S ?
A N A L O G
I N P U T S ?
S E R V O
YES START THE TEST
T E S T ?
27-24-00-016.fm
D I S P L A Y
T E S T ?
27-24-00
- 105 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - SERVO TEST
Ground Tests - Servo Test degrees with flaps down. The SMYD 2 servo command is
compared to the LVDT value from the standby rudder PCU
Under the GROUND TESTS menu, the SERVO TEST for SMYD 2 to see if the rudder moved the commanded value. During
does a test of the yaw damper components on the standby the test, rudder movement shows on the SMYD BITE
rudder PCU for the WTRIS and standby yaw damping display in degrees of rudder movement.
system. The SERVO TEST consists of these two tests:
If the test passes, the display shows TEST PASSED. Push
- ZERO COMMAND the MENU key to go to the previous sub-menu SERVO TEST.
- SWEEP TEST. If the test fails, the display shows TEST FAILED and
then shows the first fault. Push the down arrow key and
For these tests, standby hydraulic system pressure is the display will ask if you want to see MORE DETAILS.
necessary. On the flight control panel, at least one Push YES to see more details about the fault.
flight control switch, A or B, must be in STBY RUD and
the other flight control switch may be OFF or STBY RUD.
Zero Command
Sweep Test
27-24-00-017.fm
PCU to move the rudder left, right, and then to the
zero position. During the test, left/right rudder
movement is limited to 2 degrees with flaps up, or 2.5
27-24-00
- 106 -
S E R V O F L T C T R L R U D D E R
T E S T ? B S T B Y ? M O V I N G
R U D C M D T E S T
YES YES L E F T P A S S E D Y D C M D
( V A L U E )
MENU
W A R N I N G ! Y A W D M P R L V D T
W A R N I N G ! E N G A G E D ? ( V A L U E )
L V D T
S E R V O NO
( V A L U E )
T E S T ?
R U D D E R R U D C M D
YES
M O V E M E N T R I G H T
E N D Z E R O
1 T E S T C O M M A N D ?
OR
F A I L E D
R U D D E R Z E R O L V D T
YES ( V A L U E )
C L E A R E D ? C O M M A N D ?
NO (FAULT 1)
YES
YES R U D C M D
S W E E P Z E R O
YES
T E S T ?
M O RE
F L T C T R L D E T A I L S ? R U D D E R
A S T B Y ? L V D T M O V I N G
( V A L U E )
YES PUSH YES FOR
MORE DETAILS
27-24-00-017.fm
YES
1 BITE SHOWS INIT NOT COMPLETE MENU USE THE MENU KEY TO RETURN
IF INITIALIZATION IS NOT COMPLETE TO THE PREVIOUS MENU
WTRIS - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - SMYD BITE - SERVO TEST
27-24-00
- 107 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
WTRIS -- SMYD 2 - SYSTEM SUMMARY
General
27-24-00-018.fm
27-24-00
- 108 -
FLAP POSITION
TE FLAP POSITION XMTRS
ANGLE OF ATTACK
RIGHT AOA SENSOR
28V DC YAW DAMPER
CONTROL WHEEL INPUT ENGAGE SWITCH
CW POS SENSOR (CAPT) YD ENGAGE YAW DAMPER
INTERLOCK ENGAGE LIGHT
FLT CTRL A AND B OFF/STBY FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
YD ENGAGE SWITCH ON/OFF
FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL YD ENGAGE
COMMAND SOLENOID VALVE
L ADIRU
FMC
27-24-00-018.fm
MCP NOTE:
THIS DIAGRAM SHOWS SMYD 2
INTERFACES FOR WTRIS AND
RA STANDBY YAW DAMPING ONLY.
SMYD 2
WTRIS - SMYD 2 - SYSTEM SUMMARY
27-24-00
- 109 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT COMPUTER SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
General The vertical position calculation uses the air data
reference function and the inertial reference function
The flight crew uses the flight management computer data.
system (FMCS) to enter route and vertical performance
flight plan data for a flight. The FMC compares the calculated position with the
flight plan for LNAV and VNAV control. The FMC shows
With ACARS, the FMC can receive flight plan data from a the calculated position and the flight plan on the
ground station and can send flight status information navigation display.
to a ground station.
Performance
With the flight plan and inputs from the airplane
sensors, the FMCS does these functions: A performance data base in the FMC contains data to
model the airplane and the engines. The flight crew
- Navigation puts this data in the FMC:
- Performance
- Guidance. - Airplane gross weight
- Cruise altitude
Navigation - Cost index.
A navigation data base is in the FMC memory. It The FMC uses the data to calculate these functions:
includes the navigation data for the area of operation.
The pilot can use the navigation data base to set the - Economy speeds
entire flight plan before a flight. - Best flight altitude
- Top of descent point.
The FMC calculates the airplane's lateral and vertical
position during the flight. The lateral position The common display system (CDS) shows target speeds and
calculation uses the inertial reference function and altitudes.
the radio navigation aids, if available.
Guidance
The FMC also uses the global positioning system (GPS)
34-61-00-001.fm
data in the lateral position calculation. The FMC sends commands to the digital flight control
system (DFCS) and the autothrottle function (A/T). The
DFCS and the A/T use these signals to control the
34-61-00
- 110 -
34-61-00-001.fm
ADS - automatic dependent surveillance CDS - common display system
AFN - ATS facility notification CDU - control display unit
A/I - antice cg - center of gravity
34-61-00
- 111 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT COMPUTER SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
CI - cost index DFCS - digital flight control system
CIAP - common instrument approach procedures DIR - direct
clb - climb dist - distance
clr - clear DLDR - data loader
CLK - clock dsply - display
cmd - command DTG - distance-to-go
chng - change DME - distance measuring equipment
CO - company DU - display unit
com - communication E - east
comp - complete ECS - environmental control system
CON - continuous E/O - engine out
config - configuration econ - economy
CP - control panel ECU - engine control unit
CPU - central processor unit EDFCS - enhanced digital flight control system
CRC - cyclic redundancy check E/D - end of descent
crs - course EEC - electronic engine control
crz - cruise EEPROM - electrically erasable programmable read
ctr - center only memory
DA - drift angle EFCP - EFIS control panel
DB - data base EFIS - electronic flight instrument system
DBL - data base loader EGPWC - enhanced ground proximity warning
DC - direct current computer
del - delete EGPWS - enhanced ground proximity warning system
dep - departure ELEX - electronics
des - descent eng - engine
dest - destination ENG - engaged
34-61-00-001.fm
DEU - display electronic unit EO - engine out
dev - deviation ETA - estimated time of arrival
DFDAU - digital flight data acquisition unit ETE - estimated time enroute
34-61-00
- 112 -
34-61-00-001.fm
G/P - glidepath inti - initialization
GPS - global positioning system INIT/REF - initialization/reference
GPSSU - global positioning system sensor unit INTC - intercept
34-61-00
- 113 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT COMPUTER SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
I/O - input/output MCDU - multi-purpose control display unit
IRS - inertial reference system MCP - mode control panel
ISA - international standard atmosphere MDA - minimum descent altitude
ISB - intersystem bus MEDB - model/engine data base
isol - isolation MHZ - megahertz
JAA - Joint Airworthiness Authority MIN - minimum
kgs - kilograms MLS - microwave landing system
KTS - nautical miles per hour (knots) MMO - maximum operating mach number
L - left MMR - multi-mode receiver
LAAS - local area augmentation system MNVR - maneuver
lat - latitude mod - modification
LBS - pounds msg - message
LCD - liquid crystal display Mword - megaword
LDA - localizer directional aid N - north
LED - light emitting diode N1 - low pressure compressor/turbine speed
lim - limit N2 - high pressure compressor/turbine speed
LNAV - lateral navigation N/A - not appliacble
LOC - localizer nav - navigation
long - longitude NAV RAD - navigation radio
LRC - long range cruise NCD - no computed data
LRU - line replaceable unit ND - navigation display
LVL CHG - level change NDB - navigation database
M - meters NM - nautical miles
mag - magnetic norm - normal
MAGVAR - magnetic variation NPS - navigation performance scales
MAINT - maintenance NV - non volatile
34-61-00-001.fm
MASI - mach airspeed indicator OAT - outside air temperature
max - maximum OFP - operational flight program
Mbyte - megabyte OFST - offset
34-61-00
- 114 -
34-61-00-001.fm
qty - quantity
SPD - speed
R - right
SRAM - scratch random access memory
RA - radio altitude
srce - source
34-61-00
- 115 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT COMPUTER SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
SSM - sign status matrix V2 - engine out safe climb speed
sta - station v - volt
STAR - standard terminal arrival route V - volt
STD - standard VANP - vertical actual navigation performance
SUPP - supplemental VFR - visual flight rules
SW - software VMO - maximum operating velocity
s/w - software VNAV - vertical navigation
SWDL - software data loader VOR - VHF Omnidirectional range
TACAN - tactical air navigation VREF - reference speed
TAI - thermal antice VRNP - vertical required navigation performance
TAS - true airspeed VSD - vertical situation display
TAT - total air temperature V/S - vertical speed
TBC - The Boeing Company VSI - vertical speed indicator
T/C - top of climb VTK - vertical track
T/D - top of descent W - west
T/R - thrust reduction wpt - waypoint
tgt - target wt - weight
thr - thrust WTAI - wing thermal antice
thr ref - thrust reference XFR - transfer
TMA - thrust mode annunciation xmtr - transmitter
TO - takeoff XTK - cross track
TO/GA - takeoff/go-around Z - zulu
trans - transition ZFW - zero fuel weight
trk - track
TRU - true
UPD - update
34-61-00-001.fm
UTC - universal time (coordinated)
V1 - takeoff decision speed
VR - takeoff rotation speed
34-61-00
- 116 -
TOP OF
CLIMB
STEP
CLIMB
OPTIMIZED SPEEDS
CLIMB AND ALTITUDES
TAKEOFF
GUIDANCE
WAYPOINT
TOP OF
DESCENT
COURSE
ALTERATION
AIRPLANE
SYSTEMS WAYPOINT
ILS
OUTER APPROACH
MARKER DESTINATION
NAVIGATION DISPLAY
34-61-00-001.fm
34-61-00
- 117 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
General
34-61-00-002.fm
digital data and analog discretes.
34-61-00
- 118 -
EDFCS
- ANTI-ICE
- ENGINE BLEED AIR AIRPLANE GROSS
- AIR/GROUND LOGIC ACARS WEIGHT
- FUEL QUANTITY
PROCESSOR UNIT PWR FMC SMYD
ON VALID
34-61-00-002.fm
- VOR
NAV DATA BITE DATA
RADIO NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS ADIRU FUEL QUANTITY PROCESSOR
UNIT
FMCS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
34-61-00
- 119 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FLIGHT COMPARTMENT COMPONENT LOCATION
P9 Forward Electronics Panel
- CDU 1
- CDU 2.
P61 Panel
P18 Panel
34-61-00-093.fm
34-61-00
- 120 -
D6067
BITE PRINTER
RECEPTACLE
FMC
BOTH BOTH
ON L ON R BITE PRINTER RECEPTACLE (P18)
NORMAL
SYSTEM SELECT
NORMAL
FMC
CDU
34-61-00-093.fm
AIRBORNE DATA LOADER (P61) FLIGHT COMPARTMENT
(LOOKING AFT)
DATA LOADER CONTROL PANEL (P61)
34-61-00
- 121 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COMPARTMENT LOCATIONS
FMCS - Component Location - Electronic Equipment Shelf
- FMC 1
- FMC 2
- Portable CDU receptacle
- FMCS program switch modules
- FMCS transfer relay 1
- FMCS transfer relay 2.
34-61-00-004.fm
34-61-00
- 122 -
E5-2 SHELF
- FMC 1
- FMC 2
FMCS PROGRAM
SWITCH MODULES
(BEHIND PANEL)
FWD
ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COMPARTMENT
TRANSFER
RELAY 2
FMC 1
TRANSFER
RELAY 1
FMC 2
34-61-00-004.fm
(SHOWN
REMOVED)
FWD
34-61-00
- 123 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC AND CDU POWER INTERFACE
General
34-61-00-005.fm
34-61-00
- 124 -
28/14V DC
115V AC BRIGHT/DIM
HIGH/LOW
STBY BUS 1 VOLTAGE POWER
CDU 1 SUPPLIES
LAMP TEST
5V AC PANEL
LIGHTING
CDU 1
115V AC
STBY BUS 1 POWER SUPPLY
FMC
CMPTR 1
28/14V DC
115V AC BRIGHT/DIM HIGH/LOW
XFER BUS 2 VOLTAGE POWER
CDU 2 SUPPLIES
LAMP TEST
5V AC PANEL
LIGHTING CDU 2
115V AC
XFER BUS 2 POWER SUPPLY
FMC
34-61-00-005.fm
CMPTR 2
34-61-00
- 125 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRANSFER RELAY POWER INTERFACE
General L/NORMAL position. The FMC source select switch then
sends 28v dc through a contact on transfer relay 1 to
The transfer relays are Ledex type relays. They the relay 2 coil winding. Relay 2 moves to the BOTH ON
mechanically latch to the position you select. L position and mechanically latches to that position.
The FMCS source select switch controls the FMCS Other contacts on the transfer relays supply the
transfer relays. These are the switch positions: necessary logic to tell these LRUs the position of the
transfer relays:
- NORMAL
- BOTH ON L (both on left FMC) - DEU (1&2)
- BOTH ON R (both on right FMC). - FDAU
- FMC (1&2).
Operation
Training Information Point
The transfer relay power is 28v dc from electronics bus
2. The FMC source select switch controls the dc power You use the FMCS BITE on the ANALOG DISCRETES page 3/4
to the transfer relays. to do a check of the FMC source selection.
34-61-00-006.fm
When the FMC source select switch is set to the BOTH ON
L position, 28v dc goes from the source select switch,
to the coil on relay 1. Relay one latches in the BOTH ON
34-61-00
- 126 -
FMC 2
NORMAL
IFSAU
BOTH
ON R
BOTH ON L BOTH ON L
P5-28 FMC SOURCE /NORMAL
SELECT SWITCH FMCS TRANSFER
34-61-00-006.fm
FMCS TRANSFER RELAY 2
RELAY 1
34-61-00
- 127 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL INPUT INTERFACE - 1
General - Longitude
- Time
These LRUs supply data to the FMCS: - Horizontal Figure of Merit
- Horizontal Integrity Limit
- VOR/MB receivers
- Multi mode receivers (MMR) The FMC uses this data for FMC position update and
- DME. actual navigation performance (ANP) calculation.
VOR/MB DME
VOR 1 and VOR 2 receivers send the bearing and DME 1 and DME 2 interrogators send the slant range
frequency data of the VOR stations that are manually distance and the station frequency data that are
tuned by the flight crew. automatically tuned by the FMC.
The FMC uses this data for FMC position update in the The FMC corrects this slant range for airplane altitude
VOR/DME mode. The effective range for this mode is up and uses the data for FMC position update in the
to a maximum of 25NM. DME/DME or VOR/DME modes.
ILS/GPS/MMR Clock
MMR 1 and MMR 2 send the localizer deviation and the The clock input to both FMCs is from the selected MMR.
station frequency/identifier data of the ILS If the GPS data is not valid, the time is set using the
transmitters that are manually tuned by the flight CDU and from then on the FMCs calculate time.
crew.
Intersystem Bus
The FMC uses this data for FMC position update during a
final approach. The airplane must be within 20NM of the The RS422 intersystem bus (ISB) is used so that the
tuned ILS transmitter and below 6000 feet. primary and secondary FMCs can compare critical data.
34-61-00-007.fm
FMCS:
- Latitude
34-61-00
- 128 -
GPS 1
GPS 2
CAPT'S ELECTRONIC
ILS CLOCK
MMR 1
GPS 2
GPS 1
ILS
MMR 2
INTER SYSTEM
BUS (2)
DME (1 AND 2)
34-61-00-007.fm
FMC 1
FMC 2
34-61-00
- 129 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL INPUT INTERFACE - 2
General switch position, TO/GA switch position, and system
status.
These components send data to the FMCS:
The speed intervention mode uses the selected airspeed
- DFCS MCP and selected mach number. The altitude intervention
- FCC mode also uses the selected altitude.
- ADIRU
- DEU FCC
- Engine electronic control (EEC)
- APU engine control unit (ECU) The autothrottle computer function sends A/T BITE
- FQPU. response to the FMCS.
DFCS ADIRU
The flight control computers (FCC) send data to the The ADIRUs send this inertial reference (IR) data to
DFCS mode control panel (MCP). the FMCS:
The MCP sends this data to the FMCS: - Present position Latitude
- Present position Longitude
- Local selected course - Ground speed
- Foreign selected course - True heading
- Selected altitude - Magnetic heading
- Trailing edge flap position - Pitch angle
- DFCS mode discretes - Roll angle
- DFCS BITE response - Inertial altitude
- Selected airspeed - Inertial vertical speed
- Selected mach. - N-S velocity
- E-W velocity.
The FMCS uses the selected course data in the
navigation sub-function. The performance and guidance The ADIRUs send this air data reference (ADR) data to
34-61-00-008.fm
sub-functions use the selected altitude and trailing the FMCS:
edge flap position. The mode discretes show VNAV/LNAV
- Uncorrected barometric altitude
34-61-00
- 130 -
34-61-00-008.fm
The FMCs use the same air data source as the DFCS. DEUs are a buffer between the APU, EEC, and the FMCS.
Flight control computer (FCC) A gets ADR data from the
left ADIRU, and FCC B gets ADR data from the right
34-61-00
- 131 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL INPUT INTERFACE - 2
FQPU
34-61-00-008.fm
34-61-00
- 132 -
ADR 4
IR 3
LEFT ADIRU
ADR 4
IR 3
RIGHT ADIRU
AT 1
FCC A
DEU - FMC
DEU (1 & 2)
DFCS MODE CONTROL
PANEL
APU BITE
ENGINE EEC BITE
34-61-00-008.fm
FMC 1
FQPU 5
FQPU FMC 2
34-61-00
- 133 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL OUTPUT INTERFACE - 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-009.fm
34-61-00
- 134 -
34-61-00-009.fm
- Vertical deviation - Engine bleed 2 on
- Lateral deviation - Engine bleed 1 on
- Magnetic track angle
34-61-00
- 135 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL OUTPUT INTERFACE - 1
FMC discrete word 2 has this data: - Set latitude
- Set longitude
- Lateral alert - Set heading
- Computer master/slave - BITE test word.
- Annunciator test
- FMC valid The ADIRUs use the latitude and longitude data during
- Offset alignment. Magnetic heading is used when the ADIRU is
- Dead reckoning in the attitude mode (ATT), and the BITE test word is
- Vertical alert. used to start BITE through the CDUs.
34-61-00-009.fm
to an equivalent thrust resolver angle (TRA) target.
The ADIRUs use this data from the selected FMC: The target N1 rating is dependent on the FMC engaged
mode.
34-61-00
- 136 -
Minimum airspeed is the lowest airspeed that is Target N1, GMT, and date also go from the DEUs to the
permitted by the A/T during VNAV operations. engine electronic controls (EEC). The EECs use the N1
target to calculate an equivalent TRA for engine
The N1 limit mode discretes are used to set control law control. EEC BITE also uses GMT and date.
gains and limits.
The BITE test words are for the DEUs and these systems:
The autothrottle function uses FMC altitude for
anticipation of altitude acquisition during VNAV - Engines (EEC)
operation. - APU (ECU).
GMT and date are used in A/T BITE for fault data There is no direct BITE interface between the FMCs and
storage. the electronic engine controls (EECs) and APU ECU. The
DEUs are the interface between the EEC, APU ECU, and
N1 thrust limits put a limit on A/T authority and the selected FMC.
prevent possible engine over-boost.
FCC
DEU
The FCCs use this data from the selected FMC:
The DEUs use this data from the selected FMC:
- FMC target altitude
- N1 limit mode - FMC target airspeed
- Target N1 - FMC target mach number
- Gross weight - Horizontal command
- GMT and date - Vertical speed command
- BITE test words. - GMT and date
- FMC discrete words
The DEUs use this data to show the thrust modes on the - BITE test word.
34-61-00-009.fm
center upper display unit (DU). Target N1 shows on the
engine display. The CDS uses gross weight to calculate The FCCs use this data to control the airplane lateral
and vertical flight profile:
34-61-00
- 137 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL OUTPUT INTERFACE - 1
- Altitude airspeed indication for CDS. The flap input enables the
- Airspeed pitch limit indication on CDS.
- Mach number
- Horizontal commands DME
- Vertical commands
- FMC discretes. The DMEs use four auto-tune frequencies (channels 2 -
5) from the selected FMC.
The FCC uses GMT, date, and the BITE test word in the
BITE function. In normal operation, the FMCs do an auto-tune of the
DME interrogators through their onside NAV control
You select the source of FMC data with the FMC source panels. If a NAV control panel has a failure, its on-
select switch. side DME interrogator does an auto-tune directly from
the selected FMC.
SMYD Navigation data from the selected FMC goes to the FDAU
where it is put in the solid state memory.
The SMYDs use this data from the selected FMC:
- Gross weight
- Lower buffet margin speeds
- Upper buffet margin speeds
- Landing flap position.
34-61-00-009.fm
The SMYDs use gross weight to adjust the gain in the
yaw damper command signal. They use all the FMC inputs
to calculate the upper and lower amber bands on the
34-61-00
- 138 -
BOTH ON L/NORMAL
FMC BUS 01
FCC A
FMC BUS 02
DEU 1
FMC 1
DEU 2
BOTH ON R SMYD 1
FMCS TRANSFER RELAY 1
BOTH ON L
L ADIRU DME 1
FCC B
R ADIRU
SMYD 2
FQPU
FMC BUS 01
DME 2
FDAU
34-61-00-009.fm
FMC BUS 02
BOTH ON R/NORMAL
F/O NAV C/P
FMC 2 FMCS TRANSFER RELAY 2
FMCS - DIGITAL OUTPUT INTERFACE - 1
34-61-00
- 139 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL OUTPUT INTERFACE - 2
General - Minimum VNAV speed band
- Distance to missed approach point
The FMC data on bus 08 and 09 goes directly to the DEUs. - FMC navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC, ADIRU)
The other user systems get this data through the - Map background word/block count
transfer relays. - Dynamic data start word
- Dynamic data end word
Data Output - Approach data
- FMC position
The buses 08 and 09 have this data: - Track angle (magnetic and true)
- Wind speed and direction
- Distance to go (waypoint) - Drift angle
- Groundspeed - Flight path angle
- Front course - Alphanumeric display data (wpt, navaids etc.)
- Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - Vertical situation display data
- V speeds - FMC discrete word 2
- GPS position data - FMC discrete word 3.
- Desired track
- Waypoint bearing The FMC discrete word 2 has this data:
- Cross-track deviation
- Range to altitude - VNAV ALT annunciation
- Vertical deviation - ADIRU position difference
- Set landing altitude - Alerts (lateral and vertical)
- DME elevation - FMC source select annunciation
- Vertical RNP - Annunciator test
- Vertical ANP - FMC valid
- Transition altitude - Offset
- Horizontal RNP - Dead reckoning.
- Horizontal ANP
- Lateral deviation display data The FMC discrete word 3 has this data:
- Vertical deviation display data
34-61-00-010.fm
- Clean - IAS/Mach
- Speedbrakes - Engine out engaged
- Maximum VNAV speed band - Man N1 select
34-61-00
- 140 -
34-61-00-010.fm
- Cross-track deviation
- Range to altitude
- Vertical deviation
34-61-00
- 141 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DIGITAL OUTPUT INTERFACE - 2
FDAU
34-61-00-010.fm
34-61-00
- 142 -
BOTH ON L/NORMAL
FMC BUS 08
BOTH ON R GPWC
FMC BUS 09
DEU 1
FMC 1
FDAU
FMC BUS 09
DEU 2
34-61-00-010.fm
34-61-00
- 143 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CDU INTERFACE
FMC Digital Output
34-61-00-011.fm
34-61-00
- 144 -
CDU BUS 1
IFSAU
BOTH ON L/NORMAL
FMC BUS 06
FMC BUS 07
CDU 1
FMC 1
FMC BUS 06
FMC BUS 07
BOTH ON R
FMCS TRANSFER RELAY 1
34-61-00-011.fm
CDU BUS 1
FMC 2 CDU 2
34-61-00
- 145 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC DATA LOADER INTERFACE
General The data loader control panel also has other digital
inputs and outputs to other airplane systems. In this
The airborne data loader (ADL) connects to the FMCs way, these other systems can be updated through the
through the data loader control panel. data loader.
The data loader gets 115v ac power from the P18 circuit
breaker panel. It goes through the data loader control
panel to the airborne data loader.
34-61-00-012.fm
load enable signal to the FMC.
34-61-00
- 146 -
XFER BUS 1
DATA SYSTEM SELECT
LOADER NORMAL
FMC
CDU
DATA OUTPUT
DATA LOADER INPUT 1
FMC 1
DATA INPUT
FUNCTION DISCRETE FUNCTION
ENABLE
RIGHT
OTHER DATA OUTPUT
SYSTEMS
34-61-00-012.fm
AIRBORNE DATA LOADER DATA LOADER FMC 2
CONTROL PANEL
34-61-00
- 147 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CDU DATA LOADER INTERFACE
General
The data loader gets 115v ac power from the P18 circuit
breaker panel. It goes through the data loader control
panel to the airborne data loader.
34-61-00-091.fm
data loader.
34-61-00
- 148 -
LEFT
DATA INPUT
DATA LOADER OUTPUT
FUNCTION
ENABLE
DATA OUTPUT
DATA LOADER INPUT 1
AIR/GRD
CDU 1
FUNCTION DISCRETE
FUNCTION
OTHER ENABLE
SYSTEMS
34-61-00-091.fm
AIR/GRD
AIR/GRD CDU 2
RELAY
34-61-00
- 149 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- ACARS INTERFACE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-013.fm
34-61-00
- 150 -
34-61-00-013.fm
- Magnetic track angle - Thrust cutback enable
- Drift angle - Initiate thrust cutback.
- GMT
34-61-00
- 151 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- ACARS INTERFACE
The bus 05 has has FMC system status.
ACARS
34-61-00-013.fm
34-61-00
- 152 -
BOTH ON L/NORM
FMC BUS 02
DOWNLINK DATA
FMC BUS 05
UPLINK DATA
UPLINK DATA
UPLINK DATA
FMC 1
BOTH ON R
ACARS MANAGEMENT
UNIT 1
FMC BUS 02
FMC BUS 05
UPLINK DATA
34-61-00-013.fm
MCDU 1 MCDU 2
34-61-00
- 153 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- ANALOG DISCRETES
General
34-61-00-014.fm
34-61-00
- 154 -
OFF OFF/HIGH
CLOSE AUTO
ON
S2 ENGINE 2 K13 LEFT
PROGRAM PIN PACK VALVE
ANTI-ICE SELECTABLE
CONTROL NORMAL RELAY
OPTIONS
OPEN
OFF OFF/HIGH
LEFT PACK
FLOW CONT AND
SHUT-OFF VALVE
FMC 1 AUTO
ON
S1 ENGINE 1 OFF CLOSE K14 RIGHT
ANTI-ICE PACK VALVE
CONTROL NORMAL RELAY
34-61-00-014.fm
SWITCH
A/C BLEED
P5 A/C MODULE FMC 2 AIR ISOLATION
VALVE
34-61-00
- 155 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- STATUS ANNUNCIATOR INTERFACE
General
- Autopilot
- Autothrottle
- Flight management computer system (FMCS).
FMCS
Push the FMC warning light to reset the latch and turn
the light off.
34-61-00-015.fm
34-61-00
- 156 -
BOTH ON L/NORMAL
MESSAGE
SET OUT A
OPEN FOR RESET
MESSAGE
FAIL 1 A
OPEN FOR FAIL 2 SET OUT
FMC FAIL RESET
BOTH ON R
RESET
FMC 1 FMCS TRANSFER RELAY 1
CAPT ASA
FMC
P/RST
a
OPEN FOR
MESSAGE BOTH ON L FAIL 1 A
FAIL 2 SET OUT
RESET
OPEN FOR RESET
FMC FAIL BOTH ON R/NORMAL
34-61-00-015.fm
FMCS TRANSFER RELAY 2
FMC 2
F/O ASA
34-61-00
- 157 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- PROGRAM PIN INTERFACE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-016.fm
34-61-00
- 158 -
34-61-00-016.fm
The airframe/engine configuration is found by a
combination of eight program pins. This combination The kilogram weight option sets the weight default for
sets these conditions: CDU entries.
34-61-00
- 159 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- PROGRAM PIN INTERFACE
The degrees C default option sets the temperature
default for CDU entries.
Interface Options
The aspirated TAT probe option lets the FMC use the
temperature from the TAT probe on the ground to
calculate V1, VR, and V2 speeds.
34-61-00-016.fm
34-61-00
- 160 -
- SYSTEM OPTIONS
FMCS PROGRAM SWITCH
MODULE 1 (P59)
FMC 1
- DUAL FMC
34-61-00-016.fm
FMCS PROGRAM SWITCH - SYSTEM OPTIONS
MODULE 2 (P59)
FMC 2
FMCS - PROGRAM PIN INTERFACE
34-61-00
- 161 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- BITE PRINTER AND PORTABLE CDU RECEPTACLES
Printer Receptacle
34-61-00-053.fm
34-61-00
- 162 -
115V AC
XFER BUS 1
MCDU 1
28V DC
XFR BUS 1
FMCS BITE
P18-2 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
CDU DATA
PORTABLE CDU DATA
MCDU 1
FMC DATA
PORTABLE CDU
RECEPTACLE (E5)
CDU DATA
FMC 1
INTEGRATED FLIGHT
SYSTEMS ACCESSORY UNIT
FMC 2
FMC DATA
34-61-00-053.fm
BITE PRINTER
RECEPTACLE (P18)
FMCS TRANSFER RELAY 1
34-61-00
- 163 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FLIGHT MANAGEMENT COMPUTER
Purpose
The FMC uses data from the airplane sensors and data
stored in the FMC to do the calculations for
navigation, performance, and guidance of the airplane.
Physical Description
The FMCs are cooled with air from the equipment cooling
supply and exhaust systems. Cooling air for FMC 1 is
blow-through. Cooling air for FMC 2 is draw-through.
34-61-00-017.fm
34-61-00
- 164 -
CAUTION
OBSERVE PRECAUTIONS
FOR HANDLING
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE
DEVICES
34-61-00-017.fm
34-61-00
- 165 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FLIGHT MANAGEMENT COMPUTER - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-018.fm
34-61-00
- 166 -
The primary components of the processor function are All memory is electrically erasable programmable read
the processor and the application specific integrated only memory (EEPROM).
circuit (ASIC). Processor speed is 30 MHz.
The I/O function controls the communication between the
The processor card does these functions: FMC and external systems.
- Flight plan management The I/O function also has an ASIC that is the primary
- Navigation and navaid tuning function controller for the I/O function. There are 16 ARINC 429
- Performance management function output drivers, 32 ARINC input translators, 6 discrete
- Guidance function outputs, and 6 discrete inputs.
- Control and display functions.
An LED on the circuit card comes on when there is a BIT
The processor also has the memory for the FMC boot and failure.
maintenance programs. The random access memory (RAM) is
used for the scratchpad memory. Power Supply
The processor ASIC controls the real time clock and the The power supply uses 115v ac, single phase from the
system reset and power down logic. It also controls the aircraft electrical system. It supplies + 5v dc, +15v
34-61-00-018.fm
MAINT BITE processing. dc and -15v dc to internal components of the FMC. Total
output power is 40 watts. There is a 50 microsecond
hold up feature for short term power interrupts.
34-61-00
- 167 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FLIGHT MANAGEMENT COMPUTER - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
An LED on the power supply card comes on when the power
supply is valid.
FMC Interchangeability
- Model 2970A4
- Model 2907C1.
34-61-00-018.fm
34-61-00
- 168 -
RS422 429
ISB OUTPUTS
PROCESSOR ARINC 429
ETHERNET PROCESSOR ASIC INPUTS
ISB ASIC
DISCRETE
MAINT OUTPUTS
BITE
PROGRAM
MEMORY DATA BASES
NV RAM
SRAM
DISCRETE DISCRETES
RAM INPUTS
DISCRETES DISCRETE
INPUTS
+5V DC
115V AC POWER
SUPPLY +15V DC
-15V DC
FMC
34-61-00-018.fm
34-61-00
- 169 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT
Purpose The execute (EXEC) key is on the right of the CDU. This
key has a lamp assembly with two lamps. The lamp
The flight crew uses the control display unit (CDU) to assembly is line replaceable.
put in flight data and to select displays and modes of
operation. They also use the CDU to start ADIRU The lighted switch panel is line replaceable. Six
alignment. You use the CDU to do tests of the FMCS and screws hold the panel in place.
other systems.
CAUTION: FAILURE TO OBSERVE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
There are two CDUs in the airplane. They are PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES WHEN TOUCHING,
functionally and physically interchangeable. REMOVING, OR INSERTING PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES MAY
RESULT IN DEGRADATION OR FAILURE OF THE
Physical Description CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT.
There are holes in the chassis for cooling air. The If you remove CDU 2, install the ground lock assemblies
equipment cooling system supplies cooling for the CDUs. on the landing gear. Put the control lever for the
Keep dust and dirt build-up from the vent and surfaces. landing gear in the OFF position.
The procedures to clean the CDU are in the maintenance
practices section. CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE GROUND LOCK
ASSEMBLIES ON THE LANDING GEAR BEFORE YOU MOVE
The CDU has these annunciators: THE CONTROL LEVER FOR THE LANDING GEAR. YOU
WILL DAMAGE THE AIRPLANE IF YOU RETRACT THE
- Fail LANDING GEAR WHILE THE AIRPLANE IS ON THE
- CALL GROUND.
- MSG (message)
- OFST (offset).
34-61-00-019.fm
34-61-00
- 170 -
CAPTIVE
SCREWS (6)
LIGHTED
SWITCH PANEL
ANNUNCIATORS
EXECUTE KEY
34-61-00-019.fm
ANNUNCIATORS
NOTE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
HANDLE IS NOT SHOWN
34-61-00
- 171 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-020.fm
34-61-00
- 172 -
The LCD CDU has these sub-assemblies: The CDU receives data on up to seven ARINC data buses
and four discrete inputs. Output data is sent over two
- Low voltage power supply ARINC data buses and one discrete output. All input and
- Rear connector filter assembly output data goes through the rear connector filter
- Processor and interface circuit card assembly assembly (RCFA) which provides electromagnetic
- LCD module interference (EMI) protection.
- Backlight assembly
- Lighted switch panel. Processor/Interface Circuit Card
Power Supplies The processor and interface circuit card (P&I CCA)
provides all of the control and external interface
The low voltage power supply module in the CDU receives circuitry for the CDU. It provides the following
115v ac, 400Hz, single phase power from the airplane functions:
electrical system. It provides the following operating
voltages within the LCD CDU: - Read lighted switch panel inputs to determine CDU
modes/inputs
- +5v dc - Receive ARINC inputs from other airplane systems
- +12.7v dc - Read and interpret airplane discrete inputs
- -12.7v dc - Generate CDU fail output discrete
- +26v dc - Control CDU annunciator operation
- +28v dc - Send ARINC outputs to FMCS
- Switched +28v dc (used for the backlight and LCD - Communicate with other airplane sub-systems
heaters). - Generate data for LCD and backlight assembly
- Perform BITE.
The airplane master dim and test circuits supply 28v dc
to the CDU for annunciator power and lamp test. Also, LCD Module
5v ac power is used for the lighted switch panel
lighting. The LCD module provides the display of 24 columns and
34-61-00-020.fm
14 rows. It is a non-light emitting device that
requires a separate light source (backlight assembly)
to make the display viewable.
34-61-00
- 173 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
During power-up, the LCD provides a display within 10
seconds at normal operating temperatures (0-55 degrees
C, 32-131 degrees F). At or below freezing
temperatures, the LCD can take up to 2 minutes to
provide a normal display. The LCD contains a
temperature regulating function which improves
operation over a wide range of temperatures.
Backlight Assembly
34-61-00-020.fm
34-61-00
- 174 -
115V AC
ANNUNC POWER
LIGHTING POWER
POWER SUPPLY
VIDEO AND
ARINC OUTPUTS BACKLIGHT
FUNCTIONS
LCD
AIRPLANE
DISCRETES PROCESSOR
CDU FAIL
DISCRETE
34-61-00-020.fm
CDU (TYPICAL) LIGHTED
SWITCH
PANEL
34-61-00
- 175 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT - CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-021.fm
34-61-00
- 176 -
34-61-00-021.fm
The MCDU shows this data in white: Data on 2 two through 13 (data field) applies to
operation of the airplane.
- Text
34-61-00
- 177 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT - CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS
Line 14 is a scratch pad to enter data from the The INIT REF key supplies access to a selection of data
keyboard. Also, this line shows this data: pages necessary to start the FMCS and ADIRU. Also, you
can get access to navigation data and maintenance
- Failure messages pages.
- Alerts during operation
- Advisory prompts. The RTE key selects the page you use to enter route
data. This includes the flight origin and destination
Alphanumeric Key Board plus the takeoff runway number.
You use the key board to enter data into the FMCS and to The CLB key shows the climb modes. Top-of-climb (T/C)
make changes to a flight plan. altitude and speed/altitude restrictions show here.
Information about time and distance to the next
Each time you push an alphanumeric key, the entry shows waypoint also shows here.
in the scratch pad (line 14). In the scratch pad, you
can edit the entry or clear it. The CRZ key shows the cruise modes. Information about
optimum altitude, maximum altitude, step climb savings
Function and Mode Keys and turbulence N1 targets also show.
These are the function and mode keys: The DES key shows the descent modes. The end-of-descent
altitude and speed/altitude restrictions show here.
- INIT REF Information about flight path angle, airplane vertical
- RTE speed and vertical bearing also show.
- CLB
- CRZ The MENU key gives access to other airplane data
- DES communication systems.
- MENU
- LEGS The LEGS key shows and accepts input of data for each
- DEP ARR leg of the flight plan. Information about heading
- HOLD between the waypoints, speed, and altitude also shows.
- PROG
34-61-00-021.fm
- N1 LIMIT The DEP/ARR key supplies access to a selection of
- FIX departure and arrival runways and procedures for the
- EXEC. origin and destination airports.
34-61-00
- 178 -
34-61-00-021.fm
example), this takes the display back to the first page numeric keys. These are the special keys:
in the string (1/9).
- Change sign (+/-)
34-61-00
- 179 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT - CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS
- Space (SP)
- Delete (DEL).
- Slash (/)
- Clear (CLR).
The change sign (+/-) and slash (/) keys are standard
keys on a keyboard.
A push of the DEL key puts the word DELETE in the CDU
scratch pad. This lets you delete a data field with the
line select key next to the data field. The DEL key
does not work when the scratchpad contains data. Some
data fields do not permit the DEL key function. For
this, the INVALID DELETE message shows in the CDU
scratchpad.
BITE
34-61-00-021.fm
34-61-00
- 180 -
BRIGHTNESS
SCRATCH PAD/ ADJUSTMENT
MESSAGE BLOCK INIT
RTE CLB CRZ DES BRT
REF
EXECUTE KEY
FUNCTION AND DEP EXEC
MENU LEGS HOLD PROG
MODE KEYS ARR
N1
FIX EXECUTE LIGHT
LIMIT A B C D E
PREV NEXT
C
PAGE PAGE F G H I J M
ANNUNCIATORS
A S
ANNUNCIATORS L
Lw
G
1 2 3 K L M N O w
DELETE KEY
F O
A F
I S
La 4 5 6 P Q R S T Tw
CHANGE SIGN KEY SLASH KEY
7 8 9 U V W X Y
CLEAR KEY
DECIMAL POINT KEY . 0 +/- Z SP DEL / CLR
34-61-00-021.fm
NUMERIC ALPHABETIC
CHARACTER CHARACTER
KEYS KEYS
34-61-00
- 181 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- AIRBORNE DATA LOADER
Purpose The data loader does an internal self test at power up.
During the self test, all the front panel status
You use the airborne data loader (ADL) to load data indicators flash. At the end of the self test, the
into selected LRUs and to record data from selected indicators go off. If there is a failure at power up,
LRUs. You use the data loader control panel to select the message HRDW shows on the display. If the self test
the LRU. is satisfactory, the message RDY shows. The other
indicators come on as the data loader moves through the
Physical Description/Features load or transfer.
- Access door
- Disk drive
- Disk drive light
- Disk drive eject button
- Display.
34-61-00-022.fm
there is no communication between the loader and
the LRU).
34-61-00
- 182 -
DISPLAY
FRONT COVER CLOSED
EJECT BUTTON
DISK DRIVE
PROG CHNG COMP RDY XFER R/W HRDW
34-61-00
- 183 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRANSFER RELAYS
Purpose
Location
Physical Description
34-61-00-023.fm
34-61-00
- 184 -
R476 FMCS
TRANSFER
RELAY NO. 2
FMC 1
R475 FMCS
TRANSFER
RELAY NO. 1
FMC 2
(SHOWN REMOVED)
34-61-00-023.fm
ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT SHELF E5-2
34-61-00
- 185 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - INTRODUCTION
General This type of data is available:
34-61-00-024.fm
The navigation data base contains all the data
necessary for the airplane operation over a specified - Optimum altitudes
route network. - Speed schedules
34-61-00
- 186 -
34-61-00-024.fm
- Additional FIX pages altitudes and speeds for the conditions.
- Default RNP
- NDB size. The FMC uses this data to calculate performance data:
34-61-00
- 187 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - INTRODUCTION
- CDU input data (cost index, CRZ altitude etc) During climb or descent the FMCS sends speed and
- Air data and inertial reference data altitude targets to the EDFCS. During level flight the
- Total fuel weight FMCS sends speed commands to the A/T function.
- Engine bleed air data
- Airplane and engine data from the model/engine Other Functions
performance database.
The aircraft communications and reporting system
The economy mode is the primary performance mode for (ACARS) allows the FMCS to receive (uplink) and send
the climb, cruise and descent phases of flight. (downlink) messages to the operator's ground network.
However, the flight crew can select other operational The uplink can be used to send flight plan data or
modes. weather data. The downlink can be used by the flight
crew to make a request for flight planning or
Guidance performance data.
The guidance function sends flight path and steering The ACARS function controls the messages sent to and
commands to the enhanced digital flight control system from the ground with ACARS. Uplinks are normally
(EDFCS) and the autothrottle function (A/T). indicated to the flight crew via scratchpad messages on
the CDU. Downlinks can be sent manually or
For the lateral navigation (LNAV) function, the FMCS automatically triggered. The ACARS configuration data
compares current FMC position with the selected lateral base controls this functionality.
path. If they are different, the FMCS calculates a roll
steering command and sends it to the EDFCS. The display function sends display data to the common
display system and the CDUs. The data includes route
For vertical navigation (VNAV) the FMCS calculates and position data and N1 data.
speed and vertical speed targets and sends them to the
EDFCS. The FMCS also calculates N1 thrust and speed The ALERT function monitors the FMCS status. It
targets and sends them to the A/T function. The illuminates the FMC warning light in the autoflight
autothrottle and autopilot use the targets and commands status annunciators when the FMCS failure occurs or
to keep the airplane on the calculated vertical flight when there is a message that makes flight crew
path. awareness and subsequent action necessary.
34-61-00-024.fm
34-61-00
- 188 -
MMR
NAVIGATION DISPLAY
- AUTOTUNE - DEU
NAV RADIOS - CDU
- CALCULATE
POSITION
TRANSFER DEU
CDU TRANSFER RELAYS
RELAYS GUIDANCE
GUIDANCE CMDS TO EDFCS
- LATERAL
- VERTICAL
ADIRS
ALERT/FAIL EDFCS
PERFORMANCE TRANSFER
- SPEED/THRUST WARNING
RELAYS
TARGETS AND
LIMITS
NAV RADIOS TRANSFER
RELAYS AUTOFLIGHT
STATUS
PERFORMANCE DEFAULT DATA BASE ANNUNCIATOR
FUEL
QUANTITY
NAVIGATION ACARS DATA LINK
DATA BASE DATA BASE
TRANSFER
RELAYS ACARS
34-61-00-024.fm
SOFTWARE OPTIONS AIRPLANE MODEL/ENGINE
DATA BASE PERFORMANCE DATA BASE
BLEED AIR
DISCRETES
FMC
FMCS - FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - INTRODUCTION
34-61-00
- 189 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - NAVIGATION SUB-FUNCTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-025.fm
34-61-00
- 190 -
- Lateral position The first priority for FMC position updating is GPS
- Vertical position data from the GPS receiver in the MMRs.
- Actual navigation performance (ANP).
The next priority is a pair of DME stations that have
The primary data source for the lateral and vertical the best range and geometry. The maximum range for
position calculations is the air data inertial DME/DME updating is nominally 200 nautical miles (NM)
reference system (ADIRS). Because the data from the air but the FMC will always use those stations that are
data inertial reference units (ADIRU) drifts over time, nearest the airplane position. The FMC will also always
the FMC navigation function uses data from other tune two DMEs that are not within 30 degrees of each
sensors to correct the ADIRU data that it receives. other or not greater than 150 degrees apart (90 degrees
being the optimum angle).
The FMC uses independent measurements from the
navigation sensors filtered with ADIRU position, If there are not two DME stations within range or that
heading and velocity data to produce an accurate do not have the necessary geometry, the FMC uses DME
calculation of the airplane's position in the distance and VOR bearing from a co-located VOR/DME
horizontal plane. station. The maximum range for VOR/DME update is 25
nautical miles.
NOTE: The ADIRUs must be in the NAV mode to provide
valid data to the FMC. NOTE: The FMC will autotune the DME interrogators but
VOR must be manually tuned by the flight crew.
The FMC will select only one navigation update mode at
a time. The navigation update mode with the least In an airport terminal area when the airplane is on a
amount of position uncertainty will be used. localizer approach, the FMC uses localizer deviation
and DME distance to update the FMC position. The
These are the sensors used to calculate/update the FMC maximum range for LOC/DME update is 20 nautical miles
position and their selection priority: and the airplane altitude must not be greater than 6000
34-61-00-025.fm
feet above the localizer station elevation. Also, the
- ADIRU/GPS airplane track must be within 45 degrees of the
- ADIRU/DME/DME
34-61-00
- 191 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - NAVIGATION SUB-FUNCTION
localizer inbound course and localizer deviation must - Groundspeed components (N-S, E-W velocity vectors)
be less than 1.25 dots for at least 5 seconds. - Heading (magnetic and true)
- Pressure altitude (uncorrected and baro-corrected)
With all VHF NAV radio updates, the FMC will correct - True airspeed
the DME slant range distance for airplane altitude. - GPS data
- DME slant range
If GPS data and NAV radio data are not available or - VOR bearing
become invalid, the FMC uses ADIRU data only corrected - ILS LOC deviation.
by a fixed error bias calculated by the FMC.
Lateral Position
The FMCS can use GPS data on the ground to update the
FMC position if the GPS data is valid. VHF NAV radio This function calculates latitude and longitude.
update is not enabled on the ground.
The FMCs use the position calculated from the GPS data
The navigation sub-function also calculates the and the ADIRU inputs to correct their ADIRU based
following nav data: inertial lateral positions. These are the FMC positions
and are calculated in terms of latitude and longitude.
- Airplane position (latitude, longitude and The FMCs will use their onside GPS input from the multi
altitude) mode receivers (MMR) if the data is valid. The offside
- Groundspeed GPS data will be used if the onside data is invalid.
- Flight path angle
- Drift angle Vertical Position
- Track angle
- Wind velocity and direction This function calculates altitude and flight path angle
- Horizontal position accuracy (actual navigation (FPA).
performance).
Altitude is calculated from ADIRU inertial altitude
The FMC uses the following inputs to calculate these corrected by barometric pressure altitude. Flight path
parameters: angle is calculated from inertial vertical speed and
FMC calculated ground speed. The FPA is zero when the
34-61-00-025.fm
- Inertial position (latitude, longitude and airplane is on the ground.
inertially smoothed altitude)
- Vertical speed (inertially smoothed)
34-61-00
- 192 -
In each FMC, FMC 1 position and FMC 2 position are used The default values for RNP are as follows:
to give a final FMC position. This final position
calculation from each FMC is a combination of the two - Oceanic - 12.0 NM
positions weighted from their respective confidence - Enroute - 2.0 NM
factors. This final FMCS position and navigation data - Terminal - 1.0 NM
is continually compared between the two FMCs. - Approach - 0.5 NM.
The ANP is the accuracy of the FMC calculated position. The primary FMC selects the navaids that both FMCs use.
It is calculated in nautical miles by the FMCS during It selects the navaids that give the most accurate
all parts of the flight. It is measured in nautical estimate of position and have the best range and
miles and it shows the radius of a circle around the geometry.
calculated FMC position where the probability of the
airplane being inside the circle is 95%. Each FMC sends four navaid frequencies to its on-side
navigation control panel. The frequencies then go to
The ANP calculation uses this data: the DME interrogators. If there is a fault with a
control panel, the DME interrogators get the data
- The NAV stations in use directly from the FMC.
- GPS availability and accuracy
- Accuracy of DME range data Each FMC is allocated two navaid pairs for position
- Accuracy of VOR bearing data updating. These pairs will be dissimilar with at most
34-61-00-025.fm
- ADIRU drift. one navaid in common between the two FMCs. The primary
FMC will use the best and third best pairs and the
secondary will use the second and fourth best pairs.
34-61-00
- 193 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - NAVIGATION SUB-FUNCTION
If there is only one navaid pair available, the primary FMC Selection
FMC will use that data for position updating while the
secondary FMC will propagate its position using ADIRU You use the FMC source select switch to select the
data only corrected by a fixed error bias. This enables primary FMC.
some independence in the individual FMC position
calculations.
FMC Source Select Secondary
Navigation Data Base Primary FMC
Switch Position FMC
NORMAL FMC 1 FMC 2
The navigation data base is stored in the flash EEPROM
memory of the FMC in two parts. There is the main body BOTH ON L FMC 1 FMC 2
of active data which is effective until a specified BOTH ON R FMC 2 FMC 1
expiration date and also a set of data revisions for
the next period of effectivity. The primary FMC does these functions:
This information is in the navigation data base: - Selects the navaids for tuning for both FMCs
- Determine the navigation update mode
- VOR, DME, VORTAC, and TACAN navigation aids (ADIRU/DME/DME etc.)
- Waypoints - Transmit the initial alignment position to the
- Airports and runways ADIRUs.
- Standard instrument departures (SIDs)
- Standard terminal arrival routes (STARs)
- Procedure turns and holds
- Holding patterns
- Missed approaches
- Approach Procedures
- Approach and departures transitions
- Company route structure
- Terminal gates.
34-61-00-025.fm
34-61-00
- 194 -
GUIDANCE
FUNCTION
DME DISTANCE CALC RADIO
POSN
VOR BEARING FMC 2
SELECT
LOC DEVIATION POSITION
NAVAIDS
34-61-00-025.fm
NORMAL
PANELS
NAVIGATION SUB-FUNCTION
FMC SOURCE SELECT SWITCH FMC 2
34-61-00
- 195 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PERFORMANCE SUB-FUNCTION
General autothrottle computer to control the vertical flight
path of the airplane.
The performance sub-function provides optimum values
for airspeed and engine thrusts to provide the most Speed targets do not go to the DFCS during takeoff or
economical vertical path profile. It uses aerodynamic approach/go-around operation. Only target N1 (limit
and engine models to do these calculations. It value or reduced value if engine derate has been
calculates this data: selected) is used.
34-61-00-026.fm
targets go to the FMC guidance function. The guidance
function then sends out commands to the DFCS and the
34-61-00
- 196 -
34-61-00-026.fm
The cost index is a number which is a ratio of the
operator time costs (such as labor) to the fuel cost.
34-61-00
- 197 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PERFORMANCE SUB-FUNCTION
Engine Bleed Air Sensors performance target to the correct value and maintain
both airplane and engine optimal performance.
The FMC receives analog discretes from the air
conditioning system and the thermal antice (TAI)
systems for both the engines and wings. The FMC uses
this data to correct calculated thrust values.
34-61-00-026.fm
monitors computed performance targets against the
airplane operation limits. If any performance target is
more than the limit, the FMC will restrict the
34-61-00
- 198 -
FMC 2
PRIMARY/SECONDARY MEDB PERF DATA
FMC SELECT
PERFORMANCE SUB-FUNCTION
FMC 1
FMC COMMON
FMC 2 DISPLAY
PERF TARGETS SYSTEM
BOTH BOTH INPUTS AND INTERNALS AND LIMITS
ON L ON R SAME AS FMC 1 GUIDANCE CDU 1 & 2
FUNCTION
NORMAL
34-61-00-026.fm
PERFORMANCE SUB-FUNCTION
FMC SOURCE SELECT SWITCH
FMC 2
34-61-00
- 199 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - GUIDANCE SUB-FUNCTION
General are great circle tracks between the flight plan
waypoints or constant heading legs.
The guidance sub-function calculates data for the
lateral and vertical guidance functions and supplies A waypoint shows as latitude, longitude and altitude.
guidance commands to the digital flight control system The waypoints come from the navigation data base or are
(DFCS) and autothrottle (A/T) system. The calculations put in by the flight crew.
start when the guidance sub-function receives an active
route (lateral flight plan) and an active performance This data is calculated for each way point:
plan (vertical flight plan).
- Predicted altitude
The DFCS and A/T use the commands to automatically - Time-of-arrival
guide the airplane along a lateral path and to control - Speed
airspeeds, vertical speeds and N1 targets/limits. The - Fuel remaining
LNAV mode must be active to enable the lateral guidance - Distance between the waypoints
function and the VNAV mode must be active to enable the - Flight path course between the waypoints.
vertical guidance function.
The performance plan (ZFW, cost index, cruise altitude,
NOTE: In path descents, LNAV must be valid and a valid performance modes) determines the performance speed
end of descent point must be defined in order to schedules and thrust that will be calculated by the
engage the VNAV mode. FMC. The path calculations then use the performance
data to calculate altitude, time, airspeed and fuel for
These are the major parts of the guidance sub-function: each waypoint. If there are any speed or altitude
restrictions attached to the lateral waypoints in the
- Flight plan management flight plan, these will be incorporated into the
- Lateral guidance commands vertical flight profile calculated by the FMC.
- Vertical guidance commands.
Initially the flight plan management calculates the
Flight Plan Management parameters for the waypoints in the climb and cruise
phases but the top of descent (T/D) waypoint will be
The lateral route is a set of navigation legs. A unknown.
34-61-00-027.fm
navigation leg is a path between two waypoints. The
flight plan management process calculates the great The T/D is calculated using the last waypoint in the
circle and turn segments for each path. Navigation legs flight plan and working backwards. The approximate T/D
34-61-00
- 200 -
Next the estimated fuel remaining at T/D and wind These are the two basic modes for vertical guidance:
profile are used to calculate descent range, speed
schedules, path gradient and final fuel remaining. Then - Airspeed (VNAV SPD)
the full descent leg is calculated using the last set - Path (VNAV PATH).
of data backward from the terminal waypoint. This gives
the T/D and a predicted fuel remaining value. The In the path sub-mode, the DFCS controls the airplane to
descent phase of the flight plan is now combined with a target FMCS vertical speed. This path will be
the climb and cruise phases to complete the flight plan calculated for a specified speed/thrust profile. In
predictions. descents, the default will be idle thrust and economy
speeds. VNAV PATH will show on the FMAs.
Lateral Guidance Commands
For descent, a vertical path deviation display is sent
When a complete route has been activated in the FMCS to the common display system. The deviation shows the
and the LNAV mode is valid, the lateral guidance difference between the reference altitude on the
function sends lateral steering commands to the DFCS. vertical reference path and the current airplane
altitude.
If the LNAV function is not valid and lateral guidance
outputs are not calculated, the FMCS sets the lateral CDS Function
guidance outputs to no computed data (NCD). The DFCS
disconnects the LNAV mode and reverts to the control This function provides the common display system (CDS)
wheel steering (CWS) mode. The A/P disengage lights on with display/background data to accurately show the
the autoflight status annunciators (ASA) will airplane's position with respect to the flight plan
illuminate to alert the flight crew to this condition. path.
34-61-00-027.fm
The following data is sent to the CDS:
34-61-00
- 201 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - GUIDANCE SUB-FUNCTION
- FMC present position (Lat & Long)
- Distance to go to a waypoint
- Groundspeed
- Estimated time of arrival
- Desired track
- Cross track distance
- Vertical deviation
- Range to altitude
- Navigation sensor position (IRS, GPS, radio)
- V1 speed
- VR speed
- Speed targets
- Waypoint bearing
- True track angle
- Magnetic track angle
- Wind speed and direction
- Drift angle
- Flight path angle
- Waypoint, navaid, airport symbology
- Discrete word.
- To/from
- IRS source
- IRS position difference
- N1 limit mode
- Reduced thrust derate
- VNAV ALT annunciation
- FMC source select annunciation.
34-61-00-027.fm
34-61-00
- 202 -
LATERAL
LATERAL POSITION STEERING
LNAV ENG COMMANDS
DFCS GUIDANCE
VERTICAL POSITION
VNAV PATH
VNAV PATH ENG (CRZ & DES) ENG (DES)
AIRSPEED
VNAV PATH (DES) ENG
THRUST GUIDANCE
A/S ERROR
VNAV - TARGET
AIRSPEED (CRZ)
MCP SPD
FLT IDLE THRUST
PLAN VNAV - IDLE
MNGMT
THRUST
CDU DATA VNAV - TARGET COMMANDS
VNAV SPD ENG
N1 (CLB/DES) N1 ERROR
ACTUAL N1
34-61-00-027.fm
COMMON
GUIDANCE CDS FUNCTION DISPLAY
SYSTEM
FMC
FMCS - FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - GUIDANCE SUB-FUNCTION
34-61-00
- 203 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - GUIDANCE SUB-FUNCTION - LNAV AND VNAV MODE LOGIC
General FMC VNAV Logic
LNAV and VNAV logic uses inputs from several sources to These inputs to the FMCS are necessary to engage the
engage the LNAV and VNAV modes. VNAV mode:
The FMCS guidance sub-function needs these logic inputs - Airplane in the air
to complete its guidance command output path to the - ADIRU in the Nav mode and the data is valid
DFCS and the A/T system. - Performance data (ZFW or GW, fuel reserves, cost
index and cruise altitude) is valid
LNAV/VNAV Mode Activation - Glideslope mode is not active
- Go-around mode is not active
LNAV or VNAV are engaged by selecting the LNAV or VNAV - VNAV arm/operate.
switch on the EDFCS mode control panel (MCP). The MCP
then sends the mode requests by way of the flight VNAV will engage in VNAV SPEED mode when:
control computers (FCCs) to the guidance sub-function
in the FMC. - A climb or a speed descent flight phase is active
- The airplane is not in level flight
FMC LNAV Logic - VNAV mode is active.
These are the inputs to the FMCS necessary to engage VNAV will engage in VNAV PATH mode when:
the LNAV mode:
- The airplane is holding altitude or a path descent
- ADIRU in the Nav mode and the data is valid is active
- LNAV capture criteria is satisfied (The present - Active lateral route (LNAV engaged)
airplane track will intercept the active flight - VNAV mode is active.
leg at an angle of 90 degrees or less and the
crosstrack deviation is less than 3 nautical The speed descent flight phase is active when the
miles) flight crew selects the SPEED prompt on the CDU descent
- Active route (no discontinuity to the next (DES) page.
waypoint)
34-61-00-028.fm
- Localizer mode is not active The path descent flight phase is active when the flight
- Go-around mode is not active crew selects PATH on the CDU descent (DES) page.
- LNAV arm/operate (MCP).
34-61-00
- 204 -
LNAV LOGIC
LNAV ARM/OPERATE
VNAV LOGIC
LEVEL FLIGHT REQUIRED
CLIMB FLIGHT PHASE VNAV SPD
SPEED DESCENT FLIGHT PHASE ACTIVE
AIRPLANE IN AIR
VNAV ARM/OPERATE
VNAV PATH
34-61-00-028.fm
ACTIVE ROUTE
ACTIVE
PATH DESCENT FLT PHASE
LEVEL FLIGHT REQUIRED
FMCS - FMC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - GUIDANCE SUB-FUNCTION - LNAV AND VNAV MODE LOGIC
34-61-00
- 205 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - GROUND POWER UP - 1
General
34-61-00-029.fm
34-61-00
- 206 -
MENU MENU
<ACMS <ACMS
<DFDAU <DFDAU
34-61-00-029.fm
34-61-00
- 207 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - GROUND POWER UP - 2
FMC
MCDU
Other Tests
34-61-00-030.fm
the both on right position.
34-61-00
- 208 -
MENU I DEN T 1 / 2
MO D E L E N G R A T I N G FMC WARNING
7 37 - 7 0 0 22.0K LIGHT IS ON
NA V D A T A A C T I V E
<XXXXX T BC 6 8 8 0 4 01 M A R 18 A P R1 7 / 9 7
<XXXXX A P R 18 M A Y1 7 / 9 7
FMC WARNING OP P R O G R A M
FMC LIGHT IS ON 5 49 8 4 9 - 0 01 FMC
S U P P D A T A
P/RST A P R1 7 / 9 7 P/RST
a a
< IN D E X P OS INIT>
SI N G L E F M C O P E R A T I O N
SCRATCH PAD
MESSAGE
PRIMARY FMC FAILS POWER-UP TEST SECONDARY FMC FAILS POWER-UP TEST
FMC WARNING
LIGHT IS ON
BLANK SCREEN OP P ROG R A M IN V A LI D
SE T FMC S OURCE S E LE C T
T O BO T H - ON R
CDU DISPLAY FMC
P/RST
a
34-61-00-030.fm
CDU FAILS POWER-UP TEST PRIMARY FMC OPERATIONAL FLIGHT
PROGRAM INVALID
NON-NORMAL POWER-UP
34-61-00
- 209 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - PRE-FLIGHT INTRODUCTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-031.fm
34-61-00
- 210 -
This is an introduction to the MCDU pages the flight This page lets you set the reference airplane initial
crew uses to enter pre-flight data into the FMCS. More position. This data is necessary to start ADIRU
information about each page is described in detail on alignment. Access to the POS REF and POS SHIFT pages is
subsequent pages. from this page.
You use this type of data to pre-flight the FMCS: This page lets you make a flight plan or set a company
route from the navigation data base. If the entered
- Airplane initial position route or company route does not have an origin
- Route structure departure or destination approach you must also select
- Performance data. a departure runway and arrival data.
You use the line select keys (LSK) and function keys to DEP/ARR INDEX Page
enter and verify data on these pages:
This page lets you select the departure runway and
- IDENT standard instrument departure (SID) data. You can also
- POS INIT select the standard terminal arrival route (STAR),
- RTE approach, and destination runway on this page.
- DEP/ARR INDEX
- PERF INIT PERF INIT Page
- N1 LIMIT
- TAKEOFF REF. This page lets you enter aircraft and atmospheric
parameters necessary for the FMCS to calculate the
IDENT Page vertical flight profile performance data.
This page lets you verify the FMCS operational flight N1 LIMIT Page
program and data base identification numbers.
34-61-00-031.fm
This page lets you select the engine thrust limits for
display by the N1 limit bugs on the engine indication
34-61-00
- 211 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - PRE-FLIGHT INTRODUCTION
and for use by the autothrottle. You also select
outside air temperature on this page.
This page lets you select the takeoff flaps setting and
takeoff V speed values.
34-61-00-031.fm
34-61-00
- 212 -
IDENT 1 / 2
IDENTIFY
- EXAMINE THE DATA BASES AND PROGRAM POS INIT 1 / 3
POSITION INITIALIZATION
- SET IRS POSITION RTE 1 / X
DEPARTURE DATA
- RUNWAYS
ACT RTE
- STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES (SIDS) 1 / X
ACTIVE ROUTE
PERF INIT 1 / 2
PERFORMANCE INITIALIZATION
- SET ZERO FUEL WEIGHT
N1 LIM IT
- SET RESERVE FUEL 1 / 1
N1 LIMIT
- SET OAT
- SET N1 THRUST LIMITS
34-61-00-031.fm
TAKEOFF REFERENCE
- SET FLAPS
- SET V1, VR, V2
34-61-00
- 213 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - IDENT PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-032.fm
34-61-00
- 214 -
Page 1 Data Lines 2R and 3R show the effective dates of the active
and inactive navigation data bases. You can do an
Line 1L shows the airplane model. The airframe/engine exchange of the data between these two lines to make a
program pin configuration sets this data. This line is new data base active or to do a recall of the old data
blank if the FMC finds a parity error for the base. You can only do the exchange when the airplane is
airframe/engine program pins or a valid performance on the ground. The active data base is compared to the
data base is not in the FMC memory. It is also blank if FMC clock input at power-up, and if the active data
data for the airframe/engine program pin configuration base is out- of-date, the CDU message NAV DATA OUT OF
is not in the performance data base. DATE shows in the scratchpad.
Line 2L shows the navigation data base identification Line 5R shows there is supplemental data and gives the
number in the FMCS memory. This data field is blank if effective date of that data. The line is blank if an
a navigation data base is not in the FMCS memory. effective date is not set or there is no supplemental
data.
Line 4L shows the FMCS operational program software
part number and the update version. Line 6R shows the POS INIT prompt. This lets you change
34-61-00-032.fm
the display to the POS INIT page.
Line 5L can show the Smiths Industries operational
program software part number. To show the number, put
34-61-00
- 215 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - IDENT PAGE
Page 2 Data
Line 6R shows the POS INIT prompt. This lets you change
the display to the POS INIT page.
34-61-00-032.fm
34-61-00
- 216 -
IDENT 1 / 2
MO D E L E N G R A T I N G
1L 7 37 - X X X XX.XK 1R
FMC PROMPT ON MENU PAGE NA V D A T A A C T I V E
2L T BC 6 8 8 0 4 0 1 S E P 2 2 O CT 1 9 / 9 8 2R
3L O C T 2 0 N OV 1 6 / 9 8 3R
OP P R O G R A M
4L 5 49 8 4 9 - 0 X X ( U 1 0 . X ) 4R
S U PP D A T A
5L 1 S EP 1 7 / 9 8 5R
IDENT PROMPT ON INIT/REF INDEX PAGE
6L < IN D E X POS INIT> 6R
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
I D E NT 2 / 2
P E R F D E F AU L TS
1L DEFAULT04P 1R
S W O P T I O NS
2L DEFAULT0XO 2R
Q R H T / O SP D S
3L XXXXXXXXXX 3R
D A T A L I N K C O N FI G
4L DEFAULT04D 4R
M O D E L / E N GI N E DAT A
5L XXXXXXXXXX 5R
1 PUT IN SIPART AT KEY AT 5L AND PUSH 5L TO SHOW THE 6L <INDEX POS INIT> 6R
34-61-00-032.fm
2 THESE ARE EXAMPLES OF THE DATA BASE IDENT NUMBERS
AND ARE NOT THE DATA BASE IDENT NUMBERS
ON YOUR AIRPLANE(S).
34-61-00
- 217 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - INIT/REF INDEX PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-033.fm
34-61-00
- 218 -
34-61-00-033.fm
initialization (PERF) pages. These pages are to enter LSK 5R shows the selectable configuration (SEL CONFIG)
the airplane parameters that the FMC needs for VNAV page. This page is used to see the configuration data
calculations.
34-61-00
- 219 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - INIT/REF INDEX PAGE
for loadable software. It shows only when the airplane
is on the ground.
34-61-00-033.fm
34-61-00
- 220 -
IDENT 1/ 2
M OD E L ENG R A TI N G
7 3 7- X X X X X. X K
N AV D A T A A C TI V E
T B C6 8 2 0 4 0 1 M A R 18 A PR 1 7/ 9 8
A P R 18 M AY 1 7/ 9 8
O P P R O G R A M
5 4 88 4 9 - 0 0 1 ( U 1 0. 1 )
SU PP DA T A
APR 1 7/ 9 7
<POS
34-61-00-033.fm
34-61-00
- 221 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - POSITION PAGES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-034.fm
34-61-00
- 222 -
These are the three position pages: Line 2L shows dash prompts for an airport identifier.
The identifiers you put here must also be in the
- Position initialization (POS INIT) navigation data base. If the identifier you put in is
- Position reference (POS REF) valid and is in the data base, the latitude/longitude
- Position shift (POS SHIFT). (LAT/LON) for the airport shows at LSK 2R.
The POS INIT page is used to enter the present position Line 3L shows dash prompts for airport gate
for ADIRU alignment. identifiers. If the identifier you put in is valid and
is in the data base, the LAT/LON for the gate shows at
The box prompts show that data must be entered to LSK 3R. The airport identifier must have been entered
complete the preflight. The dash prompts show that the first.
data entry is optional.
Line 5L shows airplane clock input. The clock input
The POS REF page shows airplane position and (time and date) to both FMCs is from the GPS. If GPS is
groundspeed as calculated by the FMC, each ADIRU, each not valid, the FMCs calculate time with an FMC internal
GPS, and radio position. clock. The time may be set on this page.
The POS SHIFT page is used to shift the FMC position to Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the
the specified navigation sensor position. INIT/REF INDEX page.
34-61-00-034.fm
Line 4R shows the header SET IRS POS and box prompts.
This data field is used to enter present position for
34-61-00
- 223 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - POSITION PAGES
initialization of the ADIRUs when the airplane is on select key. The selected sensor will now be highlighted
the ground. and the EXEC light will come on. When you select EXEC,
the FMCS navigation position changes to the selected
Line 5R shows the header SET IRS HDG. This data field sensor position and UPDATE COMPLETE will show at line
is used to enter heading data when any ADIRU is in the 5L in small font.
attitude (ATT) mode. It will be blank if there is no
ADIRU in the ATT mode. The FMC, ADIRU, GPS, and radio data fields are blank on
the ground.
Line 6R shows the ROUTE prompt. This selects the route
page. Line 4L shows the RNP/ANP values.
POS REF Page Line 5L shows UPDATE COMPLETE in small font after a
position shift has been selected and executed (EXEC).
This page shows the airplane position and ground speed
calculated by the FMC, each ADIRU, each GPS and radio Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the
position. Any data field may be selected to the INIT/REF INDEX page.
scratchpad and used to initialize the ADIRUs. These
data fields will be blank if the position data is Line 5R shows the NAV STATUS prompt. This selects the
invalid. NAV STATUS pages.
The radio position will always be blank on the ground. Line 6R shows the CANCEL prompt. This shows only when a
sensor has been selected for position shift. This lets
POS SHIFT Page the crew cancel the selected sensor for position shift.
This page shows the bearing and distance between the The data in the center of the GPS and IRS data fields at
FMCS calculated position shown on the POS REF page and line 2 and 3 shows that both GPSs and ADIRUs are used in
the position of the individual FMCs, ADIRUs, GPS and the FMC position calculation.
radio systems. This page also provides the capability
to update the FMCS calculated position to one of the
positions shown when the airplane is in the air.
34-61-00-034.fm
The FMC position may be overridden by selection of the
particular navigation sensor position with the line
34-61-00
- 224 -
AIRPLANE IS
ON THE GROUND
34-61-00-034.fm
DATA FIELD IS BLANK
ON THE GROUND
34-61-00
- 225 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - DEP/ARR INDEX PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-036.fm
34-61-00
- 226 -
Line 1L shows the <DEP prompt for the origin airport Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the
(KJFK in this example). This selects the DEPARTURE page DEP/ARR INDEX page.
for that airport.
Lines 1R through 5R show a numerical list of the
Line 6L shows the OTHER DEP prompt. This lets you put runways for the selected airport. When you select one
in other airport identifiers that are in the navigation of the runways, the selected runway shows and the EXEC
data base. After you put in an airport identifier, the light comes on.
DEPARTURES page for that airport shows.
NOTE: If a SID is subsequently selected, only the
Line 1R shows the ARR> prompt for the origin airport runways associated with that SID will be
(KJFK). This selects the ARRIVALS page for that displayed.
airport.
Line 6R shows the ROUTE prompt. This selects the ROUTE
Line 2R shows the ARR> prompt for the destination page.
airport (KATL). This selects the ARRIVALS page for that
airport. ARRIVALS Page
34-61-00-036.fm
Line 6R shows the OTHER ARR prompt. This lets you put This page lets you select an arrival procedure for the
in other airport identifiers that are in the navigation destination airport.
34-61-00
- 227 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - DEP/ARR INDEX PAGE
Lines 1L through 5L show an alphabetical list of the
standard terminal arrival routes (STARs) for the
selected airport. When you select one of the STARs, the
selected STAR shows and the EXEC pushbutton light comes
on.
34-61-00-036.fm
34-61-00
- 228 -
DEPARTURE OR
ARRIVAL PAGES
(SELECT LSK 6L)
DEP / ARR INDEX 1 / 1
K J F K D E P AR T U R E S 1 / 2 KMWH ARRIVALS 1 / 1
S I D S R U N W A Y S S T A R S AP P R OA C H E S
BELLE1 4L DOUG1 I LS 32R
G / S
CYN9 4R MOSES1 O N/ O F F>
34-61-00-036.fm
34-61-00
- 229 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - DEPARTURE PAGE
Purpose Line 6L will also show the ERASE prompt while the
departure data is being modified. This allows the
The DEPARTURES page shows the standard instrument flight crew to erase an entry.
departures (SID) and runways for the origin of each of
the stored routes and for other selected airports in Lines 1R through 5R show a numerical list of the
the navigation data base. runways for the selected airport. When one of the
runways is selected, the selected runway is displayed
Page Access in line 1R as <SEL> with any applicable SIDs displayed
in lines 1L through 5L. The EXEC pushbutton light also
This page may be accessed by selecting the <DEP prompt comes on.
on the DEP/ARR INDEX page.
NOTE: If a SID is subsequently selected, only the
DEPARTURES Page runways associated with that SID will be
displayed.
The flight crew use this page to select a SID or
specific runway from the origin airport. Line 6R shows the ROUTE prompt. This selects the ROUTE
page.
Lines 1L through 5L show an alphabetical list of the
standard instrument departures (SID) for the selected
airport. When one of the SIDs is selected, the selected
SID is displayed in line 1L as <SEL> with the
applicable runway for that SID marked <ACT>.
34-61-00-110.fm
DEP/ARR INDEX page.
34-61-00
- 230 -
K J F K D E P AR T U R E S 1 / 2 K J F K D E P AR T U R E S 1 / 2
S ID S R UN W A Y S S ID S R U N W A Y S
BELLE1 4L CYN9 <SEL> 4L
T R A N S
CYN9 4R -NONE- 4R
EXEC
K J F K D E P AR T U R E S 1 / 2 K J F K D E P AR T U R E S 1 / 2
S I D S R U N W A Y S S ID S R U N W A Y S
CYN9 <SEL> <SEL> 31L CYN9 <ACT> <ACT> 31L
T R A N S T R A N S
-NONE- -NONE-
- - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -
<ERASE ROUTE> <INDEX ROUTE>
34-61-00-110.fm
EXEC EXEC
34-61-00
- 231 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - ARRIVAL PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-111.fm
34-61-00
- 232 -
If there are any transitions associated with the STAR, If a different approach/runway has been selected, the
they will be displayed in lines 2L through 5L. If a EXEC pushbutton will also be on and selection of EXEC
transition is selected, the selected transition is makes the STAR/approach/runway active.
displayed in line 2L as <SEL>.
When EXEC is selected, the G/S ENABLE ON/OFF prompt is
The EXEC pushbutton light also comes on and selection displayed in line 2R. This allows the flight crew to
34-61-00-111.fm
of EXEC will make the SID and transition active. select the G/S enable function. The default is G/S
enable ON. Selection toggles the G/S enable function
between ON and OFF. The current selected mode shows in
34-61-00
- 233 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - ARRIVAL PAGE
large font in green and the non-selected mode shows in
small font in white.
34-61-00-111.fm
34-61-00
- 234 -
12
KABC ARRIVALS 1 / 2 KABC ARRIVALS 1 / 2
STARS RUNWAYS STARS RUNWAYS
MACEY1<SEL> <SEL>09L MACEY1<ACT> <ACT>09L
TRANS TRANS G/S
PSK<SEL> PSK<ACT> ON/ O F F >
RWY EXT RWY EXT
1 2. 0 N M EXEC 1 2. 0 N M
FPA EXEC
FPA
3.00 3.00
34-61-00-111.fm
--------------------- --- ------------------ --- ---
<ERASE ROU TE> <INDEX ROU TE>
34-61-00
- 235 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - LEGS PAGE
General - ERASE (shows when data is being modified)
- LOAD (shows when data may be uplinked via an ACARS
The LEGS page is used by the flight crew to enter and message)
review data for each leg of the active route. - RNP/ACTUAL (required navigation performance/actual
navigation performance).
Page Access
Line select key 6R shows these prompts:
This page may be accessed from any of these pages:
- RTE DATA (selects the RTE DATA page)
- RTE DATA - ACTIVATE (shown before the route has been
- SELECT DESIRED WPT page. activated and executed by the flight crew)
- MAP CTR STEP.
Legs Page Information
The MAP CTR STEP function is enabled when the PLAN mode
Line select key 1L shows the active waypoint in the has been selected on the EFIS control panel. It lets
flight plan. The computed course to the active waypoint the flight crew step through the active flight plan and
is shown above the identifier as well as the distance review the data for each waypoint. The selected
to go (DTG) to the active waypoint. Speed and altitude waypoint will be shown in the center of the navigation
at the waypoint are also shown. display. The <CTR> prompt shows the selected waypoint
on the LEGS page.
Line select keys 2L through 5L show subsequent
waypoints in the active flight plan with this data:
34-61-00-073.fm
course will be shown with the suffix HDG.
34-61-00
- 236 -
34-61-00-073.fm
34-61-00
- 237 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - TAKEOFF REF PAGE
Purpose Line 2L shows the active N1 takeoff thrust calculated
by the FMCS. The data field header line changes to show
The takeoff reference pages show this data for takeoff: whether it is one of these:
- FMC calculated takeoff thrusts Line 4L shows the TAKEOFF DATA REQUEST prompt. This
- Crew entered takeoff data lets the flight crew request takeoff data from the
- V speed data. ACARS datalink. Selection will result in the TAKEOFF
DATA REJECT prompt in this data field and the ACCEPT
Line 1L shows the FLAPS prompt. This lets the flight prompt at line 5R.
crew enter the takeoff flap setting. Box prompts show
before there is a valid entry. Allowable entries are Line 6L shows one of these prompts:
flaps 1, 5, 10, 15, and 25. This data field may also be
uplinked in an ACARS takeoff data message. - POS INIT
34-61-00-038.004
- PERF INIT
- ROUTE
- DEPARTURE
34-61-00
- 238 -
NOTE: If the takeoff speeds are entered incorrectly or This page lets the flight crew see the takeoff runway
in the wrong sequence, the takeoff speeds are data and takeoff thrusts. It also lets them select a
deleted and the message TAKEOFF SPEEDS DELETED is reduced takeoff thrust limit and select the appropriate
displayed in the scratchpad. The FMC warning runway surface condition.
lights on the autoflight status annunciators
(ASA) will also be on. Line 1L shows the RW/WIND prompt. This lets the flight
crew enter the takeoff wind conditions. If this data is
Lines 1R, 2R, and 3R are for the flight crew to set the uplinked in an ACARS message, it shows in small font
calculated takeoff speeds (V1, VR, and V2). The FMC until the flight crew accepts the takeoff data. When it
calculated V speeds show in small font under the QRH is accepted, it will show in large font. The default
prompt. The flight crew accepts the V speed by value is 000/0 and dashes shown before an entry.
selection of the appropriate LSK. The V speed will then
show in large font under the V speed prompt. Line 2L shows the RW SLOPE/HDG prompt. This lets the
flight crew enter the runway gradient and the runway
Line 4R shows the GW/TOW prompt. The GW data field heading. It is entered as a percentage either U (+) or
shows the current airplane gross weight. The TOW data D (-) from the runway threshold. If the selected
field shows the GW that corresponds to the large font takeoff runway is in the navigation data base, the
takeoff speeds in lines 1R, 2R, and 3R. runway heading shows. Otherwise, it must be entered
manually. If this data is uplinked in an ACARS message,
Line 5R shows the ACCEPT prompt. This prompt shows when it shows in small font until the flight crew accepts
the flight crew requests takeoff data from an ACARS the takeoff data. When it is accepted, it will show in
uplink (LSK 4L). This lets the flight crew accept the large font.
34-61-00-038.004
uplinked takeoff data. Selection results in the V
speeds in large font and the V speed data on the common
display system (CDS).
34-61-00
- 239 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - TAKEOFF REF PAGE
The temperature is set in degrees Celsius. The WARNING: DO NOT CHANGE THE TAKEOFF REF PAGES. IF YOU
temperature is set in Fahrenheit if you put in the MADE CHANGES, REMOVE ALL THE CHANGES. MAKE
temperature followed by the letter F. SURE THERE ARE NO FIXED DERATES SELECTED. MAKE
SURE THE SEL TEMP FIELD ON PAGES 1/2 AND 2/2
Line 4L shows acceleration height. Acceration height is IS EMPTY. CHANGES TO THE TAKEOFF REF PAGES CAN
the altitude at which VNAV speed target calculations CAUSE A LOWER THRUST AT TAKEOFF THAN THE
become active when VNAV is armed prior to takeoff roll. THRUST THAT THE FLIGHT CREW CALCULATED.
The default value is 1000 AGL, but may be temporarily
changed by the flight crew.
34-61-00-038.004
AGL, but may be temporarily changed by the flight crew.
34-61-00
- 240 -
TAKEOFF REF 1 / 2
F L A P S Q R H V 1
INIT/REF INDEX PAGE 1 1 3 3 > -- -
X X . X K N 1 V R
(SELECT TAKEOFF) 96.9/96.9 1 3 5 > -- -
C G T R I M V 2
22.5 5.25 1 4 0 > -- -
PERF INIT PAGE T A K E O F F D A T A G W / T O W
<REQUEST 110.0 /
(SELECT TAKEOFF)
A CCEPT >
------------------ S E L E C T <
RTE PAGE <INDEX QRH OFF
(SELECT TAKEOFF)
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
TAKEOFF REF 2 / 2
R W W I N D R W C O N D
<
--- / --- DRY/WET/SK-R
R W S L O P E / H D G S E L / O A T
--.- /130 / +15 C
A CC E L H T E O A CC E L H T
1 00 0 A G L 1 00 0 A G L
------------------------
<INDEX
34-61-00-038.004
34-61-00
- 241 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - CLIMB PAGES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-039.fm
34-61-00
- 242 -
34-61-00-039.fm
are done at cruise speed. replaced by the wind speed and direction data (LSK 3R).
34-61-00
- 243 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - CLIMB PAGES
Also on the CRZ CLB page, the target N1 values are
replaced by the saving or penalty for the specified
step climb (line 4R). These values show as a
percentage.
34-61-00-039.fm
34-61-00
- 244 -
------ ------
<MAX RATE ENG OUT>
ACT MAX RATE CLB 1 / 1
C R Z
FL350
A L T
MANUAL SPD CLB <MAX ANGLE RTA>
T G T S P D T O F L 3 5 0
265/.720 204 3.6 Z / 82 N M
S P D R E S T MOD CRZ CLB 1 / 1
250/10000
------------ C L B 2 - N 1
C R Z A L T VNAV ARMED CLB
FL290
<ECON 9 3.8/ 9 3.8% T G T S P D T O F L 2 9 0
-- ------ ---- .780 21 45.3 Z / 15 N M
ENG OUT> S P D R E S T A C T U A L W I N D ACT RTA CLB 1 / 1
250/10000 290 o/14 CRZ ALT A T L A C R E
<MAX ANGLE RTA> ------------ P E N A L T Y FL250 2500
<ECON 1.1% T G T S P D T I M E E R R O R
------------ 294/.703 ON TIME
<MAX RATE ENG OUT> S P D R E S T
ACT 18 0 LI M CLB 1 / 1
250/10000 C R Z A L T
MAX RATE CLB <MAX ANGLE ERASE> ------------ FL350
<ECON T G T S P D T O F L 3 5 0
------------ 280/.720 2056.2 Z / 88 N M
<MAX RATE ENG OUT> S P D R E S T
250/10000
CRZ CLB <MAX ANGLE RTA> ------------ C L B 2 - N 1
93.8/ 93.8%
------------
<MAX RATE ENG OUT>
RTA CLB <MAX ANGLE RTA>
34-61-00-039.fm
VNAV ARMED LIMIT CLB
34-61-00
- 245 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - CRUISE PAGES
Purpose - Step to altitude
- Step point (ETA and DTG)
The cruise pages let the flight crew review and select - Current wind speed and direction
one of these cruise performance modes: - Predicted savings/penalty if airplane is flown to
a selected step altitude.
- Economy cruise (ECON CRZ)
- Long range cruise (LRC CRZ) The turbulence N1 target is advisory information for
- Manual speed cruise (XXX KT CLB) the flight crew only and cannot be used by the FMCS.
- Required time of arrival cruise (RTA CRZ).
On the RTA CRZ page, the turbulence N1 target is
Also, there is an ENG OUT page that shows advisory replaced by the RTA time error.
information only (VNAV cannot be engaged in this mode).
On the ENG OUT page, the fuel remaining data field is
Page Access replaced by the maximum continuous N1 thrust. The STEP
data field is replaced by the engine out maximum
Selection of the CRZ mode key on the CDU provides altitude and the STEP POINT is replaced by the time and
access to the cruise page. distance to the top of descent point.
34-61-00-075.fm
- Target speed (highlighted)
- Turbulence N1 target
- Fuel remaining at destination
34-61-00
- 246 -
34-61-00-075.fm
RTA CRZ ENG OUT CRZ
34-61-00
- 247 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - DESCENT PAGES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-094.fm
34-61-00
- 248 -
34-61-00-094.fm
This data shows on each page: This data shows on the descent forecasts page:
34-61-00
- 249 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - DESCENT PAGES
- Cabin rate of descent
- Altitude wind speed and direction data
- TAI on/off altitudes
- ISA DEV/QNH selections.
34-61-00-094.fm
34-61-00
- 250 -
ACT RTA DES 1 / 1 ACT RTA CRZ DES 1 / 1 MOD DES FORE C AST S 1 / 1
E / D A L T A T M A C E Y C R Z A L T T I M E E R R O R T R A N S L V L T A I O N / O F F
2013 230/6000 A 10000 LATE 10:54 FL 180 - ----/ - ----
T G T S P D T I M E E R R O R T G T S P D T O F L 1 0 0 C A B I N R A T E I S A D E V / Q N H
.740/260 ON TIME .491 1548.6 Z / 6.6 N M 480FP M ---oC/ -----
S P D R E S T W P T / A L T S P D R E S T A C T U A L W I N D A L T ----- W I N D - --- D I R / S P D
240/10000 000 o / 0 FL 210 078o / 69KT
240/10000 MACEY/6000
V E R T D E V F P A V / B V / S
24 H I 3.8 6.2 2360 50 00 130o / 29KT
------------------------ ------ -- ------- ----- -- --
<ECON PLA NNED DE S> -- --- ---o / ---KT
34-61-00-094.fm
34-61-00
- 251 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - PROGRESS/NAV STATUS PAGES
General - Active waypoint
- Heading
The progress pages let the flight crew monitor the - Distance-to-go (DTG)
airplane progress during the flight. The navigation - Estimated time of arrival (ETA)
status/options pages let the flight crew monitor the - Fuel remaining at that waypoint.
status of the navigation aids used by the FMCS.
The active waypoint has a highlight.
Page Access
Lines 3L and 3R show the NEXT data field. They show
Select the PROG mode key on the MCDU to access the this data:
PROGRESS page.
- Subsequent waypoint
Access the NAV STATUS page from one of these pages: - Heading
- DTG
- POS SHIFT page - ETA
- PROGRESS page - Fuel remaining.
- INIT/REF INDEX page (in the air).
Lines 4L and 4R show the DESTINATION data field. It
Progress Page 1/4 shows the same data as 3L and 3R for the destination
airport.
This page shows airplane progress on the active route.
Line 5L shows the TO data field. This shows the time at
Lines 1L and 1R show the FROM data field. They show and distance to one of these altitude profile points:
this data:
- T/C (top of climb)
- Waypoint identifier - STEP POINT
- Heading - T/D (top of descent)
- Altitude - E/D (end of descent).
- Actual time of arrival (ATA)
- Fuel at the last waypoint. Line 6L shows the WIND data field. This shows the wind
34-61-00-040.006
speed and direction.
Lines 2L and 2R show the TO data field. They show this
data:
34-61-00
- 252 -
Line 1L shows the RTA WPT prompt. This lets the flight - LIMITS - selects the PERF LIMITS page
crew put in the waypoint identifier for the RTA - LOAD - shows when RTA data can be sent on an uplink
function. Entry of an RTA waypoint shows the remainder with an ACARS message
of the data fields and headers for this page after the - ERASE - shows when RTA data is being changed.
EXEC key is pushed. This data field shows dashes if no
RTA waypoint is put in, and no other data shows on this Line 1R shows the RTA prompt. The flight crew puts the
page. RTA time in this data field. If no RTA waypoint is put
in line 1L, line 1R is blank.
Line 2L shows the RTA SPD data field. This shows the
speed schedule for the current flight phase necessary Line 2R shows the TIME ERROR data field. This shows the
to make the RTA. most current time error at the RTA waypoint.
Line 3L shows the SPD REST data field. This shows the Line 3R shows the GMT data field. This shows current
active default speed restriction during climb and time.
descent. If no speed restriction is active, the data
field is blank. This data field is blank during cruise. Line 4R shows the ALT/ETA data field. This shows the
Before takeoff and if an RTA waypoint is put in, this predicted altitude and the estimated time of arrival at
data field shows the header, RECMD T/O, and the the RTA waypoint.
34-61-00-040.006
recommended takeoff time (brake release) shows. The
time shows in zulu time.
34-61-00
- 253 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - PROGRESS/NAV STATUS PAGES
Progress Page 3/4 equivalent international standard atmosphere (ISA)
deviation.
This page shows wind data and vertical and lateral
track deviation. Line 3R shows the VERT DEV data field. This shows the
present vertical deviation from the calculated vertical
Line 1L shows the HEADWIND/TAILWIND data field. This guidance path during descent. In climb and cruise this
shows the current headwind or tailwind component. The data field is blank.
header changes to show the wind component.
Line 4R shows the TAS data field. This shows the
Line 2L shows the WIND data field. This shows the current true airspeed.
current wind speed and direction.
Line 5R shows the PROGRESS REPORT prompt. This lets the
Line 3L shows the XTK ERROR data field. This shows the flight crew do a downlink of a flight progress report
current cross-track error direction and magnitude. with an ACARS message.
Line 4L shows the GPS-L TRK data field. This shows the Line 6R shows the POSITION REPORT prompt. This lets the
current GPS track in relation to true north. flight crew do a downlink of a position report with an
ACARS message.
Line 5L shows the PRE-FLIGHT REPORT prompt. This lets
the flight crew do a downlink of the pre-flight report Progress Page 4/4
with an ACARS message.
This page shows status data for lateral required
Line 6L shows the WEATHER REQUEST prompt. This lets the navigation performance (RNP).
flight crew make a request for the weather at the
destination and alternate airports with an ACARS Line 1L shows the approach WAYPOINT IDENTIFIER data
message. field. This the active waypoint in the flight plan. The
computed course and the distance to go (DTG) to the
Line 1R shows the CROSSWIND data field. This shows the active waypoint shows above the identifier.
current crosswind component direction and speed.
Line 2L shows the RNP/ACTUAL data field. These are the
34-61-00-040.006
Line 2R shows the SAT/ISA DEV data field. This shows required and actual lateral navigation performance
the current static air temperature (SAT) and the values. If the flight crew manually put in the RNP, the
RNP shows in large font. If the RNP is not manually put
34-61-00
- 254 -
34-61-00-040.006
- M - manual tune
- P - procedural tune Lines 5L and 5R show the currently selected GPS and IRS
- A - auto tune. used in the FMCS navigation sub-function calculations.
34-61-00
- 255 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - PROGRESS/NAV STATUS PAGES
The GPS display is blank if the GPS is inhibited for large font and the non-selected mode shows in small
use in the navigation sub-function. font.
Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the
INIT/REF INDEX page. INIT/REF INDEX page.
Line 6R shows the POS SHIFT prompt. This selects the Line 3R shows the GPS UPDATE ON/OFF prompt. This lets
POS SHIFT page. the flight crew select the GPS update mode. The default
is GPS update ON. Selection toggles the GPS update mode
Nav Options page between ON and OFF. The current selected mode shows in
large font and the non-selected mode shows in small
This page lets the flight crew inhibit the use of font.
specified navaids in the FMCS navigation sub-function.
Line 4R shows the LOC UPDATE ON/OFF prompt. This lets
Lines 1L and 1R show the DME INHIBIT prompt. This lets the flight crew disable the LOC update mode when GPS
the flight crew inhibit the use of as many as two DME position updating is active. The default is LOC update
navaids. ON. Selection toggles the LOC update mode between ON
and OFF. The current selected mode shows in large font
Lines 2L and 2R show the VOR INHIBIT prompt. This lets and the non-selected mode shows in small font.
the flight crew inhibit the use of as many as two VOR
navaids.
34-61-00-040.006
the flight crew select the VOR update mode. The default
is VOR update ON. Selection toggles the VOR update mode
between ON and OFF. The current selected mode shows in
34-61-00
- 256 -
PROGRESS 1 / 4 AC T R TA PR O GR ES S 2 / 4 PROGRESS 3 / 4
F R O M A L T A T A F U E L R T A W P T R T A H E A D W I N D C R O S S W I N D
ENO F L20 4 1 3 5 5 Z 18.0 EPH 1012:00ZA 27K T R 3K T
o R T A S P D T I M E E R R O R
2 4 9 D T G E T A F U E L W I N D S A T / I S A D E V
o o
GVE
o
192 1411 Z 16.0 250 /.6 33 EA RL Y 01:30 1 04 / 57 -4 0 C/ 0o C
2 5 2 S P D R E S T G M T X T K E R R O R V E R T D E V
CWL 433 1441 Z 12.0 / 1000:30Z L 0.1N M 12 HI
D I S T - - T O E P H - - A L T / E T A G P S - L T R K T A S
KATL 600 1510 Z 8.2 o 426 K T
2 5NM F L 2 5 0 / 1010:30 Z 1 04 T
T O T / C F U E L Q T Y F I R S T - - R T A W I N D O W - - - L A S T P R E - F L I G H T P R O G R E S S
1402Z / 82N M 17.0 100 8:2 3 Z 1010:30 Z < REPORT REPORT>
W I N D --- - -- -- - -- - -- -- - --- ---- W E A T H E R P O S I T I O N
080o/ 23K T NAV ST ATUS > <LI MIT S < REQUEST REPORT>
G P S ( L ) I R S ( 2 )
R N P -- A P P R O A C H - - --- - - - - -
<IN DEX POS SH IFT > <INDEX 0.5 0NM
34-61-00-040.006
34-61-00
- 257 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - ALTERNATE DESTINATION PAGES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-041.fm
34-61-00
- 258 -
Access to this page is from any one of these pages: - VIA (direct-to route to the alternate destination
or missed approach from original destination
- INIT/REF INDEX airport to the alternate destination)
- APPROACH REF - DTG (distance to alternate destination)
- ROUTE. - ETA (estimated time of arrival at alternate
destination)
Initial Page - FUEL (fuel remaining at alternate destination).
Lines 1L through 5L show ALTN prompts. These data The default for the VIA data field is the DIRECT-TO
fields let the flight crew enter alternate destination route to the alternate destination. For this, the FMCS
identifiers. Valid entries are airports, navaids, or calculates the data for a direct route to the alternate
waypoints. The identifiers must be 5 characters or destination.
less.
Line 6L shows the WEATHER REQUEST prompt. This lets the
Line 6L shows the WEATHER REQUEST prompt. This lets the flight crew request weather data for the original
flight crew request weather data for the original destination airport and the alternate destinations.
destination airport and the alternate destinations.
Line 6R shows the PREVIOUS prompt. This selects the
Lines 1R through 5R show carets. Selection of a caret initial alternate destination page and any previously
selects the individual alternate destination page. saved aternate destinations.
Line 6R shows the NEAREST AIRPORTS prompt. Selection of Alternate Destination Individual Pages
34-61-00-041.fm
this key causes the FMCS to search the navigation data
base for the five airports that are nearest to the This page lets the flight crew enter or review an
alternate destination.
34-61-00
- 259 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - ALTERNATE DESTINATION PAGES
Line 1L shows the ALTN prompt. This shows the alternate This shows the calculated distance from the original
destination identifier. The data field at 1C shows the destination to the alternate destination.
VIA information, either DIRECT or MISAPP.
Line 6R shows the NEAREST AIRPORTS prompt. Selection of
Line 2L shows the DTG data field. This shows the this key causes the FMCS to search the navigation data
distance to the alternate destination. base for the five airports that are nearest to the
present position.
Line 3L shows the ETA data field. This shows the
estimated time of arrival at the alternate destination.
Line 1R shows the TRIP ALT data field. This shows the
FMCS calculated optimum cruise altitude to the
alternate destination.
34-61-00-041.fm
Line 3R shows the DESTINATION-ALTERNATE data field only
when the missed approach mode is selected at LSK 5L.
34-61-00
- 260 -
AL TERNATE DESTS 1 / 6
A L T N
----- >
----- > NEAREST AIRPORTS
A L T N V I A D T G E T A F U E L
----- > KYKM M 35 1151z 8.0>
ALTERNATE DEST 2 / 6
----- > KEPH D 55 1156z 8.0> A L T N V I A T R I P A L T
KGEG DIRECT F L 2 1 1
----- > KSEA D 63 1157z 8.0> D T G A C T U A L W I N D
W E A T H E R 1 2 0 0 0 0 / 0 0 0
<REQ UEST NEAREST ARPTS> KBFI D 65 1157z 8.0> E T A
1207z
KGEG D 120 1207z 7.7> F U E L
W E A T H E R 7.7
<R EQ UEST PREVIOUS>
INITIAL DISPLAY <MISSED APP
<INDEX NEAREST ARPTS>
NEAREST AIRPORTS
34-61-00-041.fm
34-61-00
- 261 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - LATERAL OFFSET PAGE
General Waypoint identifiers may contain up to 6 alphanumeric
characters. If the entered identifier is not a valid
The LATERAL OFFSET page lets the flight crew select a waypoint, the message INVALID ENTRY shows in the
lateral offset to the left or the right of the normal scratchpad.
route. Offsets are available from 0.1 nautical miles
(nm) up to a maximum of 99.9 nm and are set in 0.1 nm If the entered waypoint identifier is valid but is not
increments. in the flight plan, the message NOT IN FLIGHT PLAN
shows.
Page Access
If the entered waypoint identifier is a non-offsetable
Access to this page is from these pages: waypoint, the entry is rejected and the message NO
OFFSET AT LEG XXXXX shows in the scratchpad.
- ROUTE
- INIT/REF INDEX. After the data is entered, the EXEC light comes on.
Push the EXEC key to activate the offset route. The
Lateral Offset Page OFST annunciators on the CDUs come on to show that the
offset is active and the offset route shows on each
Line 2L shows the OFFSET DIST prompt. This lets the crew members navigation display.
flight crew enter the specific distance for the offset
route. Dashes show initially. Line 6L shows the ERASE prompt. This shows on pages
that are modified and they let the flight crew erase
Line 3L shows the START WAYPOINT prompt. This lets the the entered data and return to the initial lateral
flight crew enter the specific waypoint where the offset page.
offset will begin. This data field is blank until a
valid distance is entered in LSK 2L. Then the box
prompts show.
34-61-00-042.fm
valid distance is entered in LSK 2L. Then the box
prompts show.
34-61-00
- 262 -
ACT RTE 2 / X
V I A T O
J126 SAC
O F S T L 1 0 O
DIRECT ECA F
O F S T L 1 0 S
DIRECT MOD T
O F S T L 1 0
MO D, LOC KE1 UPEND
DIRECT RW19L
------------------------
<ALTN DEST OFFSET>
CDU (2)
34-61-00-042.fm
34-61-00
- 263 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - NAVIGATION REFERENCE PAGES
General access by selection of INDEX on the NAV SUMMARY page or
the individual identifier pages.
The navigation reference data pages let you see data
from the permanent, temporary, or supplemental Line 1L shows the WPT IDENT prompt. The waypoint or
navigation data base for these references: runway identifier is entered here.
- Waypoint The waypoint identifier page shows this data for the
- Navaid specified waypoint:
- Runway
- Airport. - Latitude and longitude
- Magnetic variation
Waypoints, navaids, and airports not in the data base - Reference identifier
are entered into the temporary navigation data base - Radial/distance.
from these pages. This is the reference data you can
see on the CDUs: The runway identifier page shows this data in feet and
meters for the specified runway:
- Reference navigation data (REF NAV DATA)
- Temporary navigation data (TEMP NAV DATA) - Airport identifier
- Supplementary navigation data (SUPP NAV DATA). - Latitude and longitude
- Elevation
Reference Navigation Data - Runway length (feet and meters).
On these pages, you see navigation data for these Line 2L shows the AIRPORT IDENT prompt. The airport
references that are in the data base: identifier is entered here.
34-61-00-067.fm
You get access to this page by selection of NAV DATA
(LSK 1R) on the INIT/REF INDEX page. Also, you get Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the
INIT/REF INDEX page.
34-61-00
- 264 -
34-61-00-067.fm
identifier pages.
34-61-00
- 265 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - NAVIGATION REFERENCE PAGES
Line 3R shows the effectivity date of the supplemental
data base. For this data base to be valid, an
effectivity date must be entered. If no valid date has
been entered, box prompts show in this data field. This
effectivity date also shows on the IDENT page.
34-61-00-067.fm
34-61-00
- 266 -
1 572F . F T
1572 F T T
M A G V A R M A G o V A R
L E N G T H
o ----
9000 F T /2748 M E 21
----- ------- -------- ---- - -----------
<INDE X <INDEX < INDEX
34-61-00-067.fm
I I S S N 4 5 o 0 2 . 6 E 1 2 3 o 5 4 . 2
<I N D EX <INDEX S U PP DATA> <INDEX
TEMP DATA BASE SUMMARY SUPP NAV DATA PAGE SUPP DATA BASE SUMMARY
34-61-00
- 267 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - HOLD PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-074.fm
34-61-00
- 268 -
Page Access Line 1L shows the FIX data. This is the holding pattern
fix point as defined on the HOLD AT page.
Access to the RTE LEGS HOLD AT page is by selection of
the HOLD mode key on the MCDU while the RTE LEGS page Line 2L shows QUAD/RADIAL prompt. This data field shows
shows. the holding quadrant and radial of the holding pattern.
It is entered through the MCDU.
To get to the RTE HOLD page from the HOLD AT page, do
one of these steps: Line 3L shows the INBD CRS/DIR prompt. This data field
shows the inbound course and the direction of the
- Enter HOLD AT XXXXX in the scratchpad and select holding pattern. It is entered through the MCDU or in
LSK 6L the navigation data base. It shows in small font for
- Enter the holding pattern fix waypoint in line 6L default holding patterns or in large font if pilot
and select LSK 6L entered or from the naviagation data base (NDB).
- Enter PPOS at line 6R and select LSK 6R.
Line 4L shows the LEG TIME prompt. The leg time is
RTE LEGS HOLD AT Page Information entered through the MCDU. The default times are 1.5
minutes above 14000 feet and 1.0 minutes at or below
Lines 1L through 5L show the active waypoint and 14000 feet. It shows in small font for default holding
subsequent waypoints in the active flight plan with patterns or in large font if pilot entered or from the
this data: naviagation data base.
34-61-00-074.fm
- Course to waypoint Line 5L shows the LEG DIST (leg distance) prompt. This
- Leg length data field lets the flight crew enter the leg distance
- Speed and altitude. for the holding pattern.
34-61-00
- 269 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - HOLD PAGE
Line 6L shows one of these prompts:
Line 2R shows the FIX ETA prompt. This data field shows
the when you will arrive at the holding pattern fix.
34-61-00-074.fm
flight plan.
34-61-00
- 270 -
34-61-00-074.fm
34-61-00
- 271 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - FIX PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-090.fm
34-61-00
- 272 -
To get access to the FIX INFO page, push the FIX mode The specified radial then shows on the CDS navigation
key on the MCDU. displays.
Fix Info Page Information Line select key 5L shows the ABM prompt. Selection of
this prompt causes the FMC to calculate and show the
Line select key 1L shows the FIX prompt. You use the abeam point with these results:
scratchpad and line select to put in the FIX identifier
here. These are the valid entries in the navigation - Bearing/distance
data base: - ETA
- DTG
- Airports - Altitude at the abeam point.
- Navaids
- Waypoints (up to a maximum of six alphanumeric You can select to the scratchpad one or more of the fix
characters). waypoints in LSK 2L through 5L for possible use on the
RTE or LEGS pages as a waypoint.
After you put in the fix identifier, the bearing and
distance from that fix shows in line 1 on the MCDU. The You use the DELETE key to erase the FIX identifier and
fix identifier also shows on the CDS navigation its entries.
display.
There are a total of six FIX INFO pages available to
34-61-00-090.fm
The flight crew uses select keys 2L through 4L to put the flight crew. The second and subsequent FIX INFO
in bearings or distances from the fix identifier. The pages let the flight crew select upto six different FIX
34-61-00
- 273 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - FIX PAGE
points and put in the bearings and/or distances to
those fix waypoints.
34-61-00-090.fm
34-61-00
- 274 -
FIX IN F O 1 /6 F IX IN FO 1 /6
F I X R AD/ D I S F R F IX R AD / D I S F R
CHN 111/ 29
R A D / DI S E T A DTG ALT R A D/ DI S E TA DTG ALT
---
---
---
<ABM
CHN 130/
FIX IN F O 1 / 6 FIX IN F O 1 / 6
F IX RAD / DI S F R F I X RAD /DI S F R
CHN 1 1 1/ 2 9 CHN 111/ 2 9
R A D/ D IS E TA DTG A LT R A D / DIS ETA DT G A L T
1 3 0/ 2 4 2 0 04 . 5 10 1 2 0 00 130/2 4 2004 . 5 1 0 1 2 0 0 0
--- ---
A B E A M
< A BM 150/2 3 2006 . 5 1 8 1 5 5 0 0
34-61-00-090.fm
1 8 0/
34-61-00
- 275 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - SELECT DESIRED WAYPOINT PAGE
General
Page Access
- RTE page
- RTE LEGS page
- DES page
- REF NAV DATA page
- SUPP NAV DATA page
- FIX INFO page.
The flight crew use the line select key next to select
the desired waypoint, navaid, airport or NDB. The
specific page on which they entered the identifier will
now appear again.
34-61-00-112.fm
34-61-00
- 276 -
34-61-00-112.fm
34-61-00
- 277 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
General Advisory messages show the FMCS status and some flight
profile parameters and necessary conditions. The MSG
The FMCS shows alerting or advisory messages when there annunciators are on for these messages.
is a degraded system condition. The FMCS also shows
entry error and ACARS messages. ACARS status messages show ACARS system availability
and status. The MSG annunciators are not on for these
The messages have a priority and show in the CDU messages.
scratch pad. This is the priority:
The message with the highest priority shows in the
- Data entry error advisory messages scratch pad. If there are two messages of the same
- ACARS uplink alerting messages priority, the one that occurs first shows. When you
- Alerting messages remove the message, the next message shows.
- Advisory messages
- ACARS status messages. To remove a message, push the CLR key or remove the
conditions that caused the message. Some messages go
Entry error messages show that the data put in is not away when you change the page. You can not remove the
correct. You must first remove the message, and then PROGRAM PIN ERROR message with the CLR key or a page
you must correctly put in the data. These messages only change.
show on the CDU on which the incorrect data was put in.
The MSG annunciator only shows on this CDU. Message Groups
ACARS uplink alerting messages show the status of the Below are the messages in the different categories. The
current uplink data. The MSG annunciators and the FMC airplane operations manual has a complete list of the
warning lights on the autoflight status annunciators CDU messages.
(ASA) are on for these messages.
34-61-00-044.007
34-61-00
- 278 -
34-61-00-044.007
34-61-00
- 279 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
ENTRY ERROR CORRECTIVE ACARS Uplink Alerting Messages
CAUSE
MESSAGE ACTION
REMOVE MESSAGE
ENTERED RTA WPT ACARS UPLINK CORRECTIVE
AND SELECT WPT CAUSE
NOT IN FLIGHT IS NOT IN THE ALERTING MESSAGE ACTION
THAT IS PART OF
PLAN CURRENT FLIGHT
THE CURRENT ACARS UPLINK OF
PLAN EXAMINE
FLIGHT PLAN ALTERNATE
ALTN DEST UPLINK ALTERNATES AND
REMOVE MESSAGE AIRPORT DATA WAS
ENTRY OF MORE REMOVE MESSAGE
AND EXAMINE LOADED
THAN 99 WPTS OR 5
ROUTE FULL ROUTE SEGMENTS ACTIVE ATC
HOLDING PATTERNS ATC COMM CLEAR THE
FOR POSSIBLE CONNECTION
IS TRIED ESTABLISHED MESSAGE
DELETION ESTABLISHED
ATC CONNECTION
TERMINATED
ATC COMM CLEAR THE
ENTRY ERROR CORRECTIVE WITHOUT TRANSFER
CAUSE TERMINATED MESSAGE
MESSAGE ACTION TO ANOTHER
REMOVE MESSAGE SERVICE STATION
SUPP RTE DATA TRIED TO SAVE
AND ONE OF THE CLEAR THE
BASE FULL (PILOT 11TH SUPP FLIGHT
SAVED FLT PLANS RECEIPT OF VALID MESSAGE AND
DEF RTE OPTION) PLAN
IF NECESSARY ATC MESSAGE ATC DATALINK DISPLAY THE
MESSAGE RECEIVED ATC
UPLINK
ATC REPORT CLEAR THE
BUFFER IS FULL MESSAGE AND
ATC REPORT LIST
WHEN 10 REPORTS SEND/DELETE
FULL
HAVE BEEN REPORTS LISTED
GENERATED ON REPORTS PAGE
SELECT THE RTE
ACARS UPLINK OF
34-61-00-044.007
CRZ WIND UPLINK DATA PAGE AND
CRUISE WIND DATA
READY SELECT THE LOAD
WAS RECEIVED
PROMPT
34-61-00
- 280 -
34-61-00-044.007
UPLINK BUT CONTAINS MESSAGE PART OF DESCENT REQUEST FOR NEW
FORECASTS UPLINK
ERRORS FORECASTS UPLINK DESCENT
WAS RECEIVED FORECASTS DATA
34-61-00
- 281 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
34-61-00-044.007
LOADED INIT UPLINK DATA ERASE THE NON-
UPLINK ACARS UPLINK WAS
UPLINK OF PERF SELECT THE PERF ATC ROUTE DATA
PERF INIT UPLINK RECEIVED
INIT DATA WAS INIT PAGE AND UPLINK
READY
RECEIVED LOAD THE DATA
34-61-00
- 282 -
Alerting Messages
ACARS UPLINK CORRECTIVE
CAUSE
ALERTING MESSAGE ACTION
SELECT THE LOAD CORRECTIVE
ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE
RTA DATA FROM AN PROMPT ON THE ACTION
ACARS UPLINK IS RTA PROGRESS VNAV DISENGAGES REMOVE MESSAGE
RTA UPLINK READY
READY TO LOAD PAGE TO LOAD THE AND AIRPLANE ALT AND PUT IN NEW
INTO THE FMC ROUTE DATA CHECK ALT TGT
IS BETWEEN FMC CRZ ALTITUDE ON
UPLINK AND MCP ALT MCP
THE SELECTED CUTBACK STATE
EXAMINE AND CUTBACK DISARMED CLEAR MESSAGE
DEPARTURE RUNWAY CHANGES FROM ON
TAKEOFF DATA ACCEPT OR REJECT (QUIET CLIMB AND SELECT
IS IN ONE OF THE TO OFF DUE TO
LOADED THE ENTERED SYSTEM OPTION) CUTBACK ON
TAKEOFF DATA RUNWAY DELETION
TAKEOFF DATA
SETS CUTBACK
FMC CAN NOT
34-61-00-044.007
TAKEOFF DATA UNAVAILABLE PUT IN CORRECT
EXAMINE AND COMPUTE CUTBACK
TAKEOFF DATA FROM AN ACARS (QUIET CLIMB CUTBACK DATA
ACCEPT OR REJECT N1
UPLINK UPLINK WAS SYSTEM OPTION)
THE TAKEOFF DATA
LOADED
34-61-00
- 283 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
CORRECTIVE CORRECTIVE
ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION ACTION
A MANUAL START TURN THE IRS 2 MINS BEFORE
CYCLE IRS OFF - OF THE ALIGNMENT MODE SWITCH TO AIRPLANE GETS TO
END OF OFFSET NONE NECESSARY
NAV OF IRS LOGIC IS OFF AND THEN TO OFFSET LEG
NECESSARY NAV TERMINATION
VALIDITY TEST OF AIRPLANE AT LAST GO TO RTE OR RTE
DATA BASE LOAD THE DATA
NAV DATA BASE END OF ROUTE ROUTE LEG LEGS PAGE AND DO
INVALID BASE AGAIN
HAS FAILED TERMINATION A ROUTE MOD
GEOMETRY OF NEXT ENG OUT SID WAS GO TO RTE OR RTE
ENG OUT SID MOD
WPTS DOES NOT AUTOMATICALLY LEGS PAGE AND DO
(ENG OUT SID
LET THE FMC PUT IN THE FLT OR ERASE ENGINE
CHANGE THE OPTION)
DISCO INSRTD OPERATE THE PLAN OUT SID
ACTIVE FLIGHT
AFTR XXXXX ACTIVE PLAN WITH IRS DID NOT
PLAN
NO BYPASS OF ALIGN TO THE SET
MORE THAN ONE POSITION OR IRS PUT IN THE IRS
WPT ENTER IRS
IS IN THE ALIGN POSITION ON THE
POSITION
SELECT THE RTE MODE AND A POS INIT PAGE
OR RTE LEGS PAGE POSITION ENTRY
PASSED THE LAST
TO SET THE WPTS IS NECESSARY
WPT IN THE PLAN
DISCONTINUITY FOR A CONTINUOUS FMS APP IN FLT REMOVE MESSGAE
BEFORE A ROUTE
PLAN OR DO A FMC APP/TUNE PLAN AND APP AND SELECT G/S
DISCONTINUITY
CAPTURE OF NEXT DISAGREE NAVAID IS TUNED AS NECESSARY ON
LEG WITH G/S ON ARR PAGE
PREDICTED SPEED
AT WAYPOINT
XXXXX IS GREATER CLEAR MESSAGE
DRAG REQ AFTER
THAN 10 KNOTS AND APPLY
XXXXX
34-61-00-044.007
ABOVE THE REQUIRED DRAG
WAYPOINT SPEED
CONSTRAINT
34-61-00
- 284 -
34-61-00-044.007
NAV DATA BASE SELECT CORRECT
NAV DATA OUT OF DATE IS NOT THE NAV DATA BASE OR
DATE SAME AS CLOCK LOAD NEW NAV
DATE DATA BASE
34-61-00
- 285 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
CORRECTIVE
ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION CORRECTIVE
ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE
FMC CAN NOT DO DO A CROSS-CHECK ACTION
NAV INVALID-TUNE AN AUTOTUNE OR OF RADIOS AND RTA IS OUT OF
XXXXX RECEIVE APPROACH MANUALLY TUNE THE COMPUTED
PROCEDURE NAVAID RELATED NAVAID WINDOW PLUS A
REMOVE MESSAGE,
DECREASE TIME MARGIN AND
GO OUT OF RTA
AIRPLANE SPEED RTA UNACHIEVABLE NO CORRECTIVE
FUNCTION OR PUT
AIRPLANE IS MORE TO LESS THAN 10 ACTION CAN BE
OVERSPEED IN CORRECT RTA
THAN 15 KTS OF KTS OF SPEED MADE BECAUSE OF
DISCONNECT SPEED
RESTRICTION TARGET AND
ENGAGE VNAV CONSTRAINTS
AGAIN MCP SELECTED
REMOVE MESSGAE
DO AN EXEC OF OR COURSE DOES NOT
PARTIAL ROUTE ONLY PART OF THE RW/APP CRS ERROR AND SET CORRECT
ERASE THE MOD AGREE WITH APP
LOADED ROUTE WAS LOADED COURSE ON MCP
ROUTE IN FLT PLAN
FAILURE OF TUNED APP FREQ
RLOAD THE PERF REMOVE MESSGAE
PERF DEFAULTS LOADED PERF RW/APP TUNE DOES NOT AGREE
DEFAULTS DATA AND TUNE CORRECT
INVALID DEFAULTS DATA DISAGREE WITH APP IN FLT
BASE AGAIN FREQUENCY
BASE CRC CHECK PLAN
LESS THAN 5NM OF FAILURE OF REMOVE THE
SELECT CORRECT SCANNING DME INPUTS FROM MESSAGE AND DO A
TOP OF DESCENT
RESET MCP MCP ALTITUDE AS FAIL FREQUENCY CHECK OF NAV
AND MCP ALTITUDE
ALTITUDE CLEARANCES SCANNING DME RADIO FUNCTION
IS AT CRZ
PERMIT
ALTITUDE RTA FUNCTION REMOVE MESSAGE
SELECT MODE DOES AN EXIT BY OR SELECT
AFTER RTA WPT DELETION OR ALTERNATE PERF
RTA WPT SEQUENCE MODE
34-61-00-044.007
34-61-00
- 286 -
34-61-00-044.007
NEXT CLB/DESC REMOVE MESSAGE THE POS SHIFT
UNABLE NEXT ALT CONSTRAINT CAN AND EXAMINE FMCS PERMITTED
PAGE
NOT BE MADE PREDICTION ERROR TOLERANCES
34-61-00
- 287 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
CORRECTIVE CORRECTIVE
ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION ACTION
IRS AND RADIO DEFAULT VALUE OF REMOVE MESSAGE
REMOVE MESSAGE
NAV POSITION RNP IS LESS THAN AND DO A CHECK
AND DO A CHECK VERIFY RNP
VERIFY POS:IRS- DIFFERENCES ARE THE VALUE OF RNP VALUE
OF POSITIONS ON
RADIO MORE THAN MANUALLY PUT IN MANUALLY PUT IN
THE POS SHIFT
PERMITTED SYSTEM GROSS
PAGE
TOLERANCES WEIGHT OR ZERO
FMCS AND RADIO FUEL WEIGHT
REMOVE MESSAGE VERIFY TAKEOFF SELECT TAKEOFF
NAV POSITION CHANGED SINCE
AND DO A CHECK SPEEDS SPEEDS AGAIN
VERIFY POS:FMC- DIFFERENCES ARE THE T/O REF
OF POSITIONS ON
RADIO MORE THAN SPEEDS WERE
THE POS SHIFT
PERMITTED SELECTED
PAGE
TOLERANCES
FMCS AND GPS
REMOVE MESSAGE
POSITION CORRECTIVE
AND DO A CHECK ALERTING MESSAGE CAUSE
VERIFY POS:FMC- DIFFERENCES ARE ACTION
OF POSITIONS ON
GPS MORE THAN MANUALLY ENTERED REMOVE MESSAGE
THE POS SHIFT
PERMITTED RNP IS GREATER AND PUT IN
PAGE VERIFY VERT RNP
TOLERANCES THAT DEFAULT RNP CORRECT RNP
FMC L AND R REMOVE MESSAGE VALUE VALUE
POSITION SENSORS AND DO A CHECK MANUALLY CONTROL
VERIFY POS:FMC-
ARE MORE THAN OF POSITIONS ON NO LONGER IS THE VERTICAL
FMC
PERMITTED THE POS SHIFT THERE CRITERIA PATH. MESSAGE
TOLERANCES PAGE VNAV DISCONNECT
FOR VNAV GOES AWAY IF
ENGAGEMENT VNAV ENGAGES
AGAIN
34-61-00-044.007
34-61-00
- 288 -
34-61-00-044.007
RUNWAY
COMPATIBLE WITH SELECTION
ARRIVAL SELECTED
34-61-00
- 289 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
CORRECTIVE CORRECTIVE
ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION ACTION
BECAUSE OF ACARS UPLINK OF
CONDITIONS NOT ALTN DESTINATION
USE SPEEDBRAKES INVALID ALTN MAKE AN UPLINK
IN THE FORECAST, CAN NOT BE USED
OR TRIM AS DEST UPLINK REQUEST AGAIN
THE AIRPLANE IS BECAUSE OF
NECESSARY TO
DRAG REQUIRED 10 KTS OR MORE ERRORS
BRING AIRPLANE
ABOVE FMCS ACARS UPLINK OF
BELOW FMCS
TARGET SPEED OR CRZ WIND DATA
TARGET SPEED INVALID CRZ WIND MAKE AN UPLINK
LESS THAN 5 KTS CAN NOT BE USED
OF VMO UPLINK REQUEST AGAIN
BECAUSE OF
FMS APP IN FLT ERRORS
PLAN AND FINAL REMOVE MESSAGE ACARS UPLINK OF
FMC APP MODE
APP ANGLE CHECK AND PUT CORRECT DESCENT
UNAVAILABLE
HAD A FAILURE OR VALUES BACK IN INVALID FORECASTS CAN MAKE AN UPLINK
QFE IS SELECTED FORECASTS UPLINK NOT BE USED REQUEST AGAIN
FMS APP IN FLT REMOVE MESSAGE BECAUSE OF
FMC APP MODE PLAN AND FAILURE AND PUT CORRECT ERRORS
UNAVAIL-GP OF FINAL APP APP VALUES BACK ACARS UPLINK OF
ANGLE CHECK IN PERF LIMITS DATA
INVALID LIMITS MAKE AN UPLINK
FMS APP IN FLT REMOVE MESSAGE CAN NOT BE USED
FMC APP MODE UPLINK REQUEST AGAIN
PLAN AND QFE IS AND SELECT QFE BECAUSE OF
UNAVAIL-QFE
SELECTED OFF ERRORS
ACARS UPLINK OF
SUPP NAV DATA
INVALID NAV DATA MAKE AN UPLINK
CAN NOT BE USED
UPLINK REQUEST AGAIN
BECAUSE OF
34-61-00-044.007
ERRORS
34-61-00
- 290 -
34-61-00-044.007
BECAUSE OF A CHANGE IN THE
REMOVE MESSAGE
ERRORS MCP APP DISARM VERTICAL APP IS
AND SELECT G/S
REQD NECESSARY FROM
OFF ON ARR PAGE
G/S TO G/P
34-61-00
- 291 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
CORRECTIVE
ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION MANUALLY CONTROL
THERE IS AN AIRPLANE ONTO
AIRPLANE IS NOT
ENTERED TARGET ACCEPT LIMITED NOT ON INTERCEPT HEADING THAT CAN
IN LEG CAPTURE
SPEED LIMIT SPEED AND CLEAR HEADING MAKE AN
MIN CAS XXX CRITERIA
BECAUSE IT IS MESSAGE OR ENTER INTERCEPT WITH
LESS THAN MIN NEW TARGET SPEED PLANNED ROUTE
BUFFET SPEED THE START WPT IS
PUT IN THE
THERE IS AN REMOVED FROM THE
OFFSET AGAIN AS
ENTERED TARGET ACCEPT LIMITED FLIGHT PLAN BY A
OFFSET DELETED NECESSARY FOR
SPEED LIMIT SPEED AND CLEAR FLIGHT PLAN EDIT
MIN MACH XXX THE NEW FLIGHT
BECAUSE IT IS MESSAGE OR ENTER ON OTHER THAN
PLAN
LESS THAN MIN NEW TARGET SPEED THE OFFSET PAGE
BUFFET SPEED
SELECT RTE LEGS
THE PROFILE
OR DES PAGES TO
CONSTRAINTS CAN
NO DES PATH REMOVE OR CHANGE
NOT BE MADE AND
AFTER XXXXX THE CONSTRAINTS
THE PATH HELD AS
AT THE DESCENT
PLANNED
WPTS
34-61-00-044.007
34-61-00
- 292 -
CORRECTIVE CORRECTIVE
ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION ACTION
ENTRY OF AN END THE AIRFRAME OR CORRECT THE
WPT WHICH ENGINE PROGRAM PROGRAM PIN
CHANGE THE
RESULTS IN A PINS DO NOT CONFIGURATION OR
OFFSET
OFFSET ENDS NON-OFFSETTABLE PROGRAM PIN NOT COMPARE TO DATA LOAD THE CORRECT
PARAMETERS TO
ABEAM XXXXX LEG BEWEEN THE IN DB IN THE AIRPLANE AIRPLANE
GIVE A COMPLETE
END WPT AND THE MODEL/ENGINE MODEL/ENGINE
OFFSET PATH
START OF THE PERFORMANCE DATA PERFORMANCE DATA
OFFSET BASE BASE
THE AIRFRAME REMOVE POWER NORMAL FMCS
/ENGINE PROGRAM FROM THE FMCS OPERATION CAUSES CHANGE THE MCP
RESET MCP
PIN PARITY IS AND CORRECT THE THE AIRPLANE TO ALTITUDE TO
ALTITUDE
PROGRAM PIN NOT VALID OR THE PROBLEM. THE MOVE AWAY FROM CORRECT VALUE
ERROR FMC CLEAR KEY OR A MCP ALTITUDE
IDENTIFICATION PAGE CHANGE DOES A CHANGE IN THE REMOVE MESSAGE
DISCRETES ARE NOT REMOVE THE RESET MCP APP VERTICAL APP IS AND PUT APP
NOT VALID MESSAGE MODE MADE WITH AN FCC PARAMETERS IN
ARMED OR ENGAGED AGAIN
NO MEMORY SPACE
REMOVE MESSAGE
AVAILABLE FOR
AND EXAMINE
PHANTOM WPTS
ROUTE FULL ROUTE SEGMENTS
MADE NECESSARY
FOR POSSIBLE
BY THE VERTICAL
DELETION
FLIGHT PLAN
THE SELECTED
RUNWAY IS NOT
REMOVE MESSAGE
RUNWAY N/A FOR APPLICABLE TO
34-61-00-044.007
AND DO A CHECK
SID THE SELECTED
OF SELECTIONS
DEPARTURE
PROCEDURE
34-61-00
- 293 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
CORRECTIVE CORRECTIVE
ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE ADVISORY MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION ACTION
DO A DIRECT-TO A VALID LATERAL MAKE SURE OF THE
POWER-UP RESTART
OR LEG-INTERCEPT OFFSET CAN NOT NECESSITY TO
OR INSERTION OF
SELECT ACTIVE TO GIVE FMCS AN BE MADE BECAUSE OPERATE ON A
A DIFFERENT
WPT/LEG INDICATION OF UNABLE TO OFFSET THE TURN LATERAL OFFSET
FLIGHT PLAN
WHICH LEG IS SEGMENTS CAN NOT AND CHANGE THE
WHILE AIRBORNE
ACTIVE FIT TO AND FROM FLIGHT PLAN AS
FMC ALTITUDE THE OFFSET PATH NECESSARY
DO A CHECK OF
CONSTRAINT AT A CHANGE IN
STEEP DES AFTER THE CONSTRAINT
XXXXX RESULTS IN ROUTE OR
XXXXX AND REMOVE IF REMOVE MESSAGE
A HIGH DESCENT CONDITIONS
PERMITTED AND CHANGE THE
TO NEXT WPT CAUSES PREDICTED
USING RSV FUEL ACTIVE FLIGHT
AIRPLANE FUEL AT
REMOVE MESSAGE PLAN IF
OPERATES WITH DESTINATION TO
TAI ON ABOVE 10 AND DO A CHECK NECESSARY
ANTI-ICING WITH BE LESS THAN THE
DEGREES C OF ANTI-ICING ENTERED RESERVES
TAT ABOVE 10
USE
DEGREES C REMOVE, CHANGE,
FMCS GIVES A FMC CAN NOT AND PUT IN
V SPEEDS
PREDICTION OF NO REMOVE MESSAGE CALCULATE T/O INPUTS AGAIN FOR
UNAVAILABLE
UNABLE CRZ ALT CRUISE TIME AND EXAMINE CRZ SPEEDS THE T/O SPEED
POSSIBLE AT ALT SELECTION CALCULATIONS
ENTERED CRZ ALT CHANGE IN FLIGHT
CLEAR MESSAGE
SPEED PUT IN PLAN CAUSES
AND AMEND THE
TARGET SPEED USING RSV FUEL PREDICTED FUEL
ACTIVE FLT PLAN
FIELD IS NOT PUT IN A NEW TO BE LESS THAN
IF NECESSARY
UNABLE MACH .XXX POSSIBLE TO MAKE TARGET SPEED ENTERED RESERVES
34-61-00-044.007
AT ANY ALTITUDE AGAIN MANUALLY ENTERED REMOVE MESSAGE
AT THE CURRENT RNP IS LARGER AND MAKE SURE OF
VERIFY RNP VALUE
AIRPLANE WEIGHT THAN DEFAULT MANUALLY ENTERED
VALUE VALUE
34-61-00
- 294 -
34-61-00-044.007
MESSAGE GOES
ALL VHF CIRCUITS AWAY WHEN A
ACARS VOICE BUSY
ARE BUSY CIRCUIT BECOMES
AVAILABLE
34-61-00
- 295 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDU - MESSAGES
CORRECTIVE
ACARS MESSAGE CAUSE
ACTION
ACARS MESSAGES 7
USER DEFINED USER DEFINED
THRU 19
FLIGHT DO A CHECK OF
PRINTER FAIL
COMPARTMENT THE PRINTER AND
(OPTIONAL)
PRINTER FAILURE REMOVE MESSAGE
SELECT ACARS MU
ACARS UPLINK HAS ON THE MCDU AND
PRINTER UPLINK
A MESSAGE FOR DO NECESSARY
(OPTIONAL)
THE PRINTER ACTIONS. REMOVE
MESSAGE
34-61-00-044.007
34-61-00
- 296 -
M
ENTRY ERROR INVALID ENTRY
S
ADVISORY G NOT IN DATA BASE
w
M
PROGRAM PIN ERROR
ADVISORY S CHECK FMC FUEL QUANTITY
G PROGRAM PIN NOT IN DB
w
34-61-00-044.007
34-61-00
- 297 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDS - FLIGHT MODE ANNUNCIATIONS
FMCS Flight Mode Annunciation LNAV can be armed before takeoff by selecting the LNAV
push button on the DFCS mode control panel (MCP). LNAV
The DFCS provides all the FMC flight mode annunciations will be displayed as the active roll mode. However, it
(FMA). They are displayed in green at the top of the only becomes truly active above 50 feet radio altitude
primary flight displays. (RA).
These are flight mode annunciations for autothrottle, If a missed approach is included in the active route
pitch and roll operation. and the FMC is "on approach", LNAV is armed
automatically. On approach is defined as the airplane
Autothrottle Mode Annunciation being within 2 NM of the first waypoint in the approach
procedure.
These are the active autothrottle modes that can be
displayed during FMCS operation: LNAV will become the active roll mode automatically
with the following conditions set:
- FMC SPD
- N1 - TOGA selected
- RETARD - Altitude greater than 50 feet RA with pilot flying
- ARM. or single channel autopilot engaged
- Altitude greater than 400 feet RA with dual
Pitch Mode Annunciations channel autopilot engaged.
- VNAV PTH
- VNAV ALT
- VNAV SPD.
34-61-00-045.fm
The only active roll mode annunciation that can be
displayed during FMCS operation is LNAV.
34-61-00
- 298 -
CMD
LNAV/VNAV OPERATION
CMD
34-61-00-045.fm
APPROACH
34-61-00
- 299 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDS - THRUST MODE
General Only one thrust mode can be active and show at one
time.
The thrust mode annunciation display shows the active
N1 limit mode calculated by the FMCS. The reference N1 Display Control
bugs (2) show the N1 limit for the active mode. The N1
limit mode controls the N1 limit for autothrottle When you set the N1 SET CONTROL outer knob to the AUTO
operation. position, the FMCS sets the thrust mode display and N1
bug position as a function of DFCS mode logic. To do an
Thrust Mode Display override of automatic control, you can use a line
select to select a different mode from the N1 limit
The FMCS calculates thrust modes and sends them to the page. The displays go back to automatic control when
display electronic units (DEU). They show at the top of the DFCS pitch mode changes.
the upper display unit and are green in color. If the
N1 data is NCD, three dashes show. When the outer knob is set to the BOTH, 1 or 2 position,
you can manually set the reference N1 bugs, and MAN
These are the thrust modes that can show: shows as the thrust mode. The N1 reference readout
always shows regardless of the outer knob position.
- TO - takeoff
- TO 1 - reduced takeoff 1 Non-Normal Operation
- TO 2 - reduced takeoff 2
- D-TO - derated takeoff In automatic operation, the FMCS calculates the thrust
- D-TO 1 - derated takeoff 1 mode display and reference N1 bug readout. If the FMCS
- D-TO 2 - derated takeoff 2 calculations are not valid, the autothrottle limit
- CLB - climb message A/T LIM shows. The autothrottle computer then
- CLB 1 - reduced climb 1 calculates an N1 limit for the two engines.
- CLB 2 - reduced climb 2
- CON - continuous
- CRZ - cruise
- --- - no computed data
- MAN - manual
34-61-00-046.fm
- GA - go around.
34-61-00
- 300 -
N1 SET N1 LIMIT 1 /1
S E L /OA T 2 6 K N1
AUTO / +15 o
C 99.5/ 99.5
2 6 K
1 BOTH <TO <ACT> < SEL> CLB>
2 4 K DE R A T E
<TO-1 CLB-1>
2 2 K DE R A T E
2 <TO-2 CLB-2>
-- -----------------------
ENGINE DISPLAY <PERF INIT TAKEOFF>
34-61-00-046.fm
N1 LIMIT
(IN AIR)
34-61-00
- 301 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDS - AIRSPEED INDICATION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-047.fm
34-61-00
- 302 -
34-61-00-047.fm
shows INVALID ENTRY in flight of flap
- WT - the pilot can set the gross weight manually
34-61-00
- 303 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDS - AIRSPEED INDICATION
- Flaps up speed - shows after zero fuel weight is
set in the CDU, and takeoff gross weight is
calculated, or after takeoff gross weight is set
with the speed reference selector
- Airspeed bug at 80 knots - this shows during
preflight and goes away when the flaps start to
retract.
Approach/Landing
34-61-00-047.fm
34-61-00
- 304 -
SELECTED
SPEED
SPEED VREF+15
122 202 VNAV SPEED 162
15
TREND BANDS
VECTOR LANDING
180 140
REFERENCE
100
CURRENT LANDING REF SPEED BUG
AIRSPEED 160 REFERENCE 120
80 MINIMUM
SPEED BUG MANEUVER
WT LB REMINDER BUG
104 000
REF
30/130 30/130 SPEED
MANUAL GS208
GS134 LANDING GS168 MINIMUM
AIRSPEEDS
FLAP/VREF SPEED
OR WEIGHT SPEED
GROUNDSPEED
DISPLAY
TAKEOFF APPROACH LANDING
SPD REF
OUTER CONTROL AUTO
V1
INNER CONTROL
SET VR
34-61-00-047.fm
WT
VREF
34-61-00
- 305 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDS - PLAN DISPLAY
General This data shows in the upper right corner:
The FMCS provides the navigation data for the PLAN mode - Active waypoint identifier
displays on the common display system (CDS). There are - Estimated time of arrival at the active waypoint
two types of navigation data, dynamic data and - Distance to the waypoint.
background data. Dynamic data changes as a function of
time while background data is stationary data that does Only TCAS traffic data messages show in the plan mode.
not move as a function of time. TCAS mode/status information shows in the lower left
corner.
The FMCS formats and transmits the data (FMC bus 08 and
FMC bus 09) to accurately show the airplane position Symbol Definitions
with respect to the flight plan and vertical profile.
The CDS controls symbol color, size, and brightness. This data shows:
Display Data
34-61-00-095.fm
Ground speed, wind data, and true airspeed show the
same as for the APP, VOR, and MAP modes except that the
wind direction arrow does not show.
34-61-00
- 306 - Config #
GROUND
SPEED GS 351 TAS 338 CHN ACTIVE
N
336o/15 0838.4z WAYPOINT ETA
WIND DATA 80 5.8NM
ACTIVE
INACTIVE WAYPOINT
WAYPOINTS DISTANCE
SOTON
40
ACTIVE
WAYPOINT
MAP
W E
CHN AIRPLANE
OPTIONS ARPT SYMBOL
WPT
STA
40
MHN
TCAS MODE/STATUS
INFORMATION TA ONLY
MAP SOURCE 80
FMC L E
34-61-00
- 307 - Config #
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- DISPLAYS - CDS - NON-NORMAL DISPLAYS
General The MAP flag shows if the map data from the FMC is
invalid or NCD. All map data is blanked in this
These non-normal messages can show: condition.
- UNABLE REQD NAV PERF - RNP The VTK (vertical track) flag shows when the vertical
- FMC DISAGREE deviation data from the FMC is invalid or NCD. Only the
- MAP RANGE DISAGREE. vertical deviation scale is blanked in this condition.
These non-normal flags can show: All these non-normal messages and flags can show in the
map and plan modes. They are amber.
- MAP flag
- Vertical track (VTK).
The UNABLE REQD NAV PERF - RNP message shows when the
actual navigation performance (ANP) exceeds the
required navigation performance (RNP) for the current
flight environment. The map data is not blanked in this
condition.
NOTE: If both the UNABLE REQD NAV PERF - RNP and FMC
DISAGREE messages are active at the same time,
they will show on two independent lines on the
display.
34-61-00-097.fm
data is not received from the FMC. All map data is
blanked in this condition.
34-61-00
- 308 - Config #
DECEL
IAN DOT
FMC DISAGREE
UNABLE REQD NAV PERF-RNP
AMY26
40 MAP RANGE DISAGREE
T/D
MAP
CHN 2100
ARPT
WPT
STA KJAN
V
T
K
BREN
FMC L FMC L
34-61-00-097.fm
34-61-00
- 309 - Config #
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- VNAV - SPEED INTERVENTION
General
Speed Intervention
34-61-00-071.fm
34-61-00
- 310 -
1 - VNAV ACTIVE SO FMC TARGET SPEED 2 - PUSH SPEED INTERVENTION PUSHBUTTON AND
DOES NOT SHOW IN IAS/MACH DISPLAY. FMC TARGET SPEED SHOWS IN IAS/MACH DISPLAY.
34-61-00-071.fm
NEW FMC SPEED. NEW SPEED SHOWS ON CDU. RETURN TO ORIGINAL FMC TARGET SPEED.
34-61-00
- 311 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- VNAV - ALTITUDE INTERVENTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-089.fm
34-61-00
- 312 -
The altitude intervention function allows the flight During the climb or cruise phases of the flight, the
crew to do these operations without having to disengage flight crew can increase the cruise altitude by setting
VNAV: the higher altitude in the MCP and pressing the
altitude intervention pushbutton. In order to do this
- Delete the next altitude constraint (climb or in the climb, there must be no altitude constraints in
descent) the climb phase.
- Increase the cruise altitude while in the climb
phase If the selected altitude is above the maximum allowable
- Resume a climb or descent after holding an MCP cruise altitude, the use of the altitude intervention
altitude pushbutton does not change the cruise altitude and the
- Cruise climb/descent transition. message MAX ALT FLXXX shows in the MCDU scratchpad.
Altitude Constraint Deletion NOTE: Cruise altitude can not be decreased using
altitude intervention.
During a climb or a descent, the next altitude
constraint may be deleted by setting the DFCS mode Resuming Climb/Descent
control panel (MCP) altitude above/below the next
altitude constraint in the flight plan and pressing the During a hold of the selected MCP altitude, the flight
altitude intervention pushbutton. The airplane will now crew can resume the climb/descent by setting the new
climb/descend to the MCP selected altitude. Up to a altitude in the MCP and pressing the altitude
maximum of eight altitude constraints can be deleted intervention pushbutton.
using the altitude intervention pushbutton.
Cruise Climb/Descent Transition
During a descent, if the MCP altitude is set to or
above the end of descent (E/D) altitude, the airplane During the cruise phase of the flight, the flight crew
will descend at 1000 feet/minute until it gets to the can select a cruise climb to a higher altitude by
altitude from where it can make the planned VNAV PATH setting the new altitude on the MCP and pressing the
descent. If the MCP altitude is set to below the E/D altitude intervention pushbutton.
34-61-00-089.fm
altitude, the airplane will descend in VNAV SPD mode.
Also, the flight crew can select a lower altitude on
the MCP and pressing the altitude intervention
34-61-00
- 313 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- VNAV - ALTITUDE INTERVENTION
pushbutton will initiate a transition to descent to the
selected altitude.
34-61-00-089.fm
34-61-00
- 314 -
ALT HLD V/S ALT HLD V/S ALT HLD V/S ALT HLD V/S
MCP ALTITUDE SET MCP ALTITUDE SET TO MCP ALTITUDE SET TO PUSH ALTITUDE
TO 5000 FEET FMC ALT 9000 FEET E/D ALT 2200 FEET INTERVENTION PUSHBUTTON
TWO TIMES
KPAE
5000 FEET
LACRE
NOLLA
E/D
2200 FEET
34-61-00-089.fm
34-61-00
- 315 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMC DATA LOADING
General - Set the data loader 3-position switch to the FMC
you will load (the L position will load FMC 1 and
You use the airborne data loader (ADL) to load data the R position will load FMC 2)
into the FMCS and other airplane systems. The steps to - Set the data load selector to the FMC position
load data into the FMCS and the other systems are - Open the data loader access door
similar. - Put the necessary diskette into the ADL.
To load data into the FMCS, you set the data loader NOTE: The FMC source select switch on the P5 panel must
control panel selector to the FMC position. This be set in the BOTH ON L or NORMAL positions to
connects the loader to the primary FMC. see the load progress on the MCDUs if FMC 1 is
loaded. If the 3-position switch is in the R
You can load these databases into the FMCS: position, the FMC source select switch must be
set to BOTH ON R to see the load progress on the
- Operational flight program (OFP) MCDUs.
- Navigation data base
- Performance default data base The CDUs automatically go to the FMCS DATALOAD page
- Airplane model/engine performance data base when the CDU receives valid data from the loader.
- ACARS data link data base
- Software options data base. The data load process is automatic. When the data
loader 3-position switch is set to the L position, the
NOTE: The performance default data base is part of the data loads into FMC 1. You then do a crossload and load
OFP and cannot be loaded seperately. the data into FMC 2 via the FMCS inter system bus.
34-61-00-049.fm
- Airplane must be on the ground
- Apply electrical power to the airplane
34-61-00
- 316 -
SYSTEM SELECT
NORMAL
FMC
CDU
DATA LOADER
DATA LOADER DATA LOADER
CONTROL PANEL
P18-2 CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
INTER
SYSTEM
BUS
FMC 1
34-61-00-049.fm
FMC 2
34-61-00
- 317 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU DATA LOADING
General Return the data loader selector to the NORM position
after the transfer is complete.
You use the airborne data loader (ADL) to load the
operational program software (OPS) into the CDUs. NOTE: Do not interrupt electrical power to the system
during software loading. If power is interrupted,
To load the OPS into the CDUs, set the data loader you will need to do the software load procedure
selector to the CDU position and the data loader 3- again.
position switch to the L or R position depending on
which CDU is to be loaded. This connects the loader to
the CDU being loaded.
Preparation
The CDUs show the DATA LOADER page when the CDU
receives valid data from the loader.
34-61-00-092.fm
ADL and perform the applicable software verification
procedure.
34-61-00
- 318 -
SYSTEM SELECT
NORMAL
FMC
CDU
34-61-00-092.fm
34-61-00
- 319 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - DATABASE LOAD
Load - RESET COUNT EXCEEDED (five load attempts have
failed)
After you put the diskette into the loader, the load - DB-OFP INCOMPATIBLE (the data on the disk does not
process is automatic. Except to change diskettes, no compare with the FMC operational program)
further operation is necessary. - CHECK MEDIA (part of the data on the disk cannot be
read by the loader)
CURRENT RECORD shows the number of data base records - INCORRECT DISK INSERTED (the diskette does not
that are loaded into the FMC data base memory. TOTAL compare with the diskette you used before).
RECORDS show the total number of records to be loaded
into the FMC data base memory.
34-61-00-050.fm
- DB EXCEEDS FMC (the data on the disk is too large
for FMC memory)
34-61-00
- 320 -
34-61-00-050.fm
NORMAL LOAD INDICATION LOAD FAILURE
34-61-00
- 321 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - OFP CROSSLOAD PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-076.fm
34-61-00
- 322 -
- If, during ground power-up, the primary FMC finds To start the crossload, select COPY FROM LEFT or COPY
a mismatch between its valid OFP and that of the FROM RIGHT on the MCDU and push the EXEC key. The
secondary FMC message CROSSLOAD IN PROGRESS shows during the
- An OFP with a different update version is loaded crossload process. When the crossload is complete, the
into one FMC message, CROSSLOAD COMPLETE shows on the MCDU.
- Selection of the CROSSLOAD prompt on the FMCS BITE
INDEX page if there is an OFP mismatch currently. Line 6L shows one of these prompts:
If there is no mismatch between the OFPs but there is - INDEX (selects the FMCS BITE INDEX page)
an analog discrete mismatch, the ANALOG DISCRETE page - CANCEL (shows when the source FMC for the
shows with the specific mismatch highlighted. crossload has been selected but the EXEC key has
not been pressed)
OFP Crossload Page Information - NEXT MISMATCH.
Lines 1L and 1R show the OFP software part numbers for The NEXT MISMATCH prompt shows the specified ANALOG
the left and right FMCs if there is an OFP mismatch. If DISCRETE page if there is a discrete mismatch currently
there is no mismatch these data fields are blank. or the DATABASE CROSSLOAD page if there is not a
discrete mismatch but there is a data base mismatch.
Lines 5L and 5R show the crossload status. These
messages may show: If there are no more mismatches between the FMCs, the
34-61-00-076.fm
INDEX prompt shows.
- COPY FROM <LEFT/RIGHT>
- CROSSLOAD FMC-L TO FMC-R This line is blank while the crossload is in progress.
34-61-00
- 323 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - OFP CROSSLOAD PAGE
NOTE: The example on the graphic shows a mismatch
between the OFPs and also the position of the
right ECS pack switch and a navigation data base
mismatch between the FMCs.
34-61-00-076.fm
34-61-00
- 324 -
EXEC
C O P Y F R O M C O P Y F R O M
<LEFT RIGHT> CROS SLOAD FMC-L TO FMC -R
OR
CR O S S L O A D IN P R OG RE S S CRO S S L OAD C O M P LE T E C R O S S LO A D FAIL
34-61-00-076.fm
C O P Y F R O M C O P Y F R O M
<LEFT RIGHT>
< IN D E X <INDEX
34-61-00
- 325 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - DATABASE CROSSLOAD PAGE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-052.fm
34-61-00
- 326 -
The database crossload page lets you review and, if Lines 1L through 4L show the data fields for the
necessary, transfer data bases between the FMCs. individual data bases. If there are no mismatches, the
data fields are blank.
These are the applicable data bases:
Lines 5L and 5R show the crossload status. These
- Model/engine messages may show:
- Navigation
- Performance defaults - COPY FROM <LEFT/RIGHT>
- QRH T/O speeds - CROSSLOAD FMC-L TO FMC-R
- ACARS datalink - CROSSLOAD FMC-R TO FMC-L
- Software options. - CROSSLOAD IN PROGRESS
- CROSSLOAD COMPLETE
Page Access - CROSSLOAD FAIL (the data base in the source FMC did
not crossload to the target FMC)
This page shows for any of these conditions: - CROSSLOAD UNAVAILABLE (the source FMC cannot
interface with the other FMC)
- During ground power-up, if there is a data base - SET FMC SOURCE SELECT TO BOTH ON R (shown when the
mismatch between the primary and secondary FMCs primary FMC is also the target FMC).
- Data base with a different update version is
loaded into one FMC To start the crossload, select COPY FROM LEFT or COPY
- Selection of the CROSSLOAD prompt on the FMCS BITE FROM RIGHT on the MCDU and push the EXEC key. The
INDEX page if there is a data base mismatch. message, CROSSLOAD IN PROGRESS shows during the
crossload process. At the end of the crossload, the
NOTE: The data base crossload page shows if there is message, CROSSLOAD COMPLETE shows on the MCDU.
not an OFP mismatch or an analog discrete
mismatch between the FMCs. These have higher Line 6L shows one of these prompts:
priority than the data base crossload pages.
- INDEX - selects the FMCS BITE INDEX page
34-61-00-052.fm
- CANCEL - shows when the source FMC for the
crossload is selected but the EXEC key was not
pushed
34-61-00
- 327 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - DATABASE CROSSLOAD PAGE
- NEXT MISMATCH - shows when there is another data
base that has a mismatch.
34-61-00-052.fm
34-61-00
- 328 -
EXEC
C O P Y F R O M C O P Y F R O M
<LEFT RIGHT> CROSSLOAD FM C- L T O FMC-R
OR
34-61-00-052.fm
CROSSLOAD IN PROGRESS CROSSLOAD COMPLETE CROSSLOAD FAILURE
34-61-00
- 329 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMC DOWNLOAD
General
Page Access
Download Pages
34-61-00-102.fm
The DISK UNUSABLE page shows if an unformatted disk is
inserted in the data loader.
34-61-00
- 330 -
<INDEX C O N T I N UE >
F M CS D A TA L O ADE R F M CS D A T A L O AD E R FM CS D A TA L O A D ER
FM C F I LE S Y S TE M F MC F I L E S Y ST E M FM C F I LE S Y S T EM
DO W N LO A D U T I LI T Y D O WN L O A D U T I LI T Y DO WN L O A D U T I L I TY
D OW N L O A D CO M PL ET E W A R N I N G : D I S K U NU S A B L E W A R NI NG : D ISK U N U SA B L E
O F P OR D B D I S K I NSE R TE D F O R MA T D I S K U S I N G T H E
F MC PR E P PC U T I L IT Y
RE M OV E DIS K T H E N RE M O V E DI S K RE MO V E DIS K T H EN
P RESS H E RE T O EX I T > P RE SS H E RE T O E XI T >
34-61-00-102.fm
DOWNLOAD COMPLETE PAGE DISK ERROR PAGE DISK UNUSABLE PAGE
34-61-00
- 331 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - INTRODUCTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-054.002
34-61-00
- 332 -
The FMCS has BITE functions for maintenance and test of The MCDU test page shows the tests for the MCDU display
the system. The BITE is in the FMC. You operate the and keyboard.
BITE with the MCDUs.
SENSORS
The BITE functions continuously monitor the status of
the FMC and MCDU. The functions also continuously The sensor status pages show the status of all the
monitor the status of airplane sensor systems that sensors that send data to the FMC selected as the BITE
interface with the FMCS. The monitors operate at all source.
times. This includes power-up.
DISCRETES
These are the BITE functions:
These pages show the status of the analog discretes
- INFLT FAULTS that send data to the FMC selected as the BITE source.
- CDU TEST
- SENSORS FMCS - FIXED OUTPUTS
- DISCRETES
- FMCS - FIXED OUTPUTS This function shows the values of the FMCS outputs to
- MODEL/ENG the common display system (CDS) and the autoflight
- SW OPTIONS status annunciators (ASAs).
- PERF FACTR
- IRS MONITOR MODEL/ENG
- LCD CDU.
The model/engine configuration page shows the airplane
INFLT FAULTS and engine configuration. It also shows the engine
combustor type and the brake option selected.
The FMCs record their in-flight faults and in-flight
faults for the MCDUs and the LRUs they interface with. SW OPTIONS
They have storage capacity for nine flights. Also, the
34-61-00-054.002
FMCs record their ground faults and ground faults for The software option pages show the status of the
the MCDUs. options that are in the software options database.
34-61-00
- 333 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - INTRODUCTION
PERF FACTOR
IRS MONITOR
LCD CDU
H/W CONFIG
- Part number
- Serial number
- Elapsed time
- Processor speed.
34-61-00-054.002
34-61-00
- 334 -
KEYBOARD TEST
CDU TEST
DISPLAY TEST
MODEL/ENGINE
CONFIG AIRPLANE MODEL AND ENGINE CONFIGURATION
34-61-00-054.002
H/W CONFIG HARDWARE CONFIGURATION DATA
1 ENGINEERING DATA AVAILABLE WITH ACCESS CODE 100 2 ENGINEERING DATA AVAILABLE WITH ACCESS CODE 300
FMCS - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - INTRODUCTION
34-61-00
- 335 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - BITE ENTRY
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-055.002
34-61-00
- 336 -
34-61-00-055.002
It is possible to select FMC 1 as the BITE data source FMCS BITE Pages
on the left CDU and FMC 2 as the BITE data source on the
FMCS BITE page 1 has these FMC maintenance categories:
34-61-00
- 337 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - BITE ENTRY
- INFLT FAULTS
- CDU TEST
- SENSORS
- DISCRETES
- FIXED OUTPUTS
- MODEL/ENG
- SW OPTIONS
- PERF FACTOR
- LCD CDU
- IRS MONITOR
- H/W CONFIG.
FMC Download
34-61-00-055.002
34-61-00
- 338 -
34-61-00-055.002
34-61-00
- 339 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - AUTOMATIC BITE ENTRY
General In Flight Restarts
At start-up on the ground, the primary and secondary For in flight restarts, the two FMCs also compare their
FMCs compare this information over the intersystem bus information. If the information does not agree, the
from one FMC to the other: secondary FMC is conditionally failed and the message
SINGLE FMC OPERATION shows in the scratchpad on the
- Operational flight programs (OFP) CDUs.
- Navigation data base
- Supplemental navigation data base
- Model/Engine data base
- ACARS datalink data base
- Software options data base
- Analog discretes/program pins
- Performance factors.
Ground Start-up
If the two OFPs do not agree, the primary FMC shows the
OP PROGRAM CROSSLOAD page. You use this page to
crossload the correct OFP.
34-61-00-056.fm
secondary FMC is conditionally failed and the message
SINGLE FMC OPERATION shows in the scratchpad on the
CDUs.
34-61-00
- 340 -
N A V D A T A
TBC120010P TBC6820551
C O P Y F R O M C O P Y F R O M C O P Y F R O M C O P Y F R O M
<LEFT RIGHT> <LEFT RIGHT>
<INDEX <INDEX
34-61-00-056.fm
DISAGREE AT POWER UP DISAGREE AT POWER UP
FMCS - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - AUTOMATIC BITE ENTRY
34-61-00
- 341 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - IN-FLIGHT FAULTS
Purpose - Fault was recorded by one or both FMCs
- Flight leg when the fault occurred.
The inflight faults page lets you view faults that have
occurred during the last nine flights. All of the LRU/sub-systems that interface with the FMCS
show on the IN FLTS FAULTS pages. These LRU/sub-systems
The FMC stores in-flight faults for the last nine show on pages 1, 2, and 3:
flight legs and faults that occur on the ground. The
FMC can store up to 20 faults for each flight leg. - Air data inertial reference system (ADIRS)
- Digital flight control system (DFCS)
A new flight leg starts when the groundspeed is more - Distance measuring equipment (DME)
than 20 knots and the airplane goes into the air mode. - Fuel quantity indicatng system (FQIS)
The flight stops when the airplane touches down and the - Common display system (CDS)
groundspeed is less than 20 knots. - VHF omni-directional range (VOR)
- Multi-mode receiver (MMR)
Faults that occur on the ground are stored as ground - Clock
faults. These faults clear from the non-volatile memory - Airborne communication and reporting system
in the FMC when the groundspeed is more than 20 knots (ACARS)
and the airplane becomes airborne. If the fault is - Flight management computer (FMC)
still present at this time, it becomes an in-flight - Control display unit (CDU).
fault.
The LRU/sub-systems with a failure show one of these
Page Access letters:
34-61-00-057.003
- Name of the LRU/sub-system the ground.
- Where the fault occurred (in flight or on the
ground)
34-61-00
- 342 -
34-61-00-057.003
- CDU - L
- CDU - R
- FMC.
34-61-00
- 343 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - IN-FLIGHT FAULTS
The label code identifies the ARINC word with the fault
for a sensor input fault. For an FMC fault, the label
code shows the the failed circuitry or program fault in
the FMC.
The FMCS checks each new ARINC input word for rate
errors. The sensor inputs are expected from the other
systems at certain rates and a rate error will be set
by the FMCS if they are not received in the allotted
time.
The FMCS checks each ARINC input word for sign status
matrix (SSM) errors. An SSM error is set if an invalid
SSM is found.
The FMCS checks each ARINC input word to see that the
incoming values are within specified limits. If an
input word is not within these prest limits, a
reasonableness error is set.
34-61-00-057.003
34-61-00
- 344 -
A D I RS - R I R S 1 8 3 5 Z
M M R LE F T B P I TC H A N G L E R E A S O N
M M R RI G H T
C L O C K LE F T
C L O C K RI G H T
<INDE X <INDEX
FMC - L I N F LT FAULTS 3 / 3
L RU G 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9
A C AR S
C D U LE F T B
C D U RI G HT
F M C LE F T R
F M C RI G HT B
34-61-00-057.003
< IND E X
34-61-00
- 345 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - CDU TEST
General When you push the INIT/REF key the second time, the
MCDU goes back to the INIT/REF page.
The CDU test page lets you verify that the pushbutton
and display functions of the MCDU are working
correctly.
Page Access
When you push LSK 6L, the display returns to the CDU
TEST page.
34-61-00-058.002
When you push LSK 6L the second time, the MCDU goes
back to the FMCS CDU TEST page.
34-61-00
- 346 -
34-61-00-058.002
<CDU TEST < C D U - T E S T - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -
"A" KEY PUSHED - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -
34-61-00
- 347 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - SENSORS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-059.003
34-61-00
- 348 -
These SENSORS page show these systems that send data to The SENSOR DATA page shows engineering data for sensors
the FMCS: that have a FAIL status on a SENSOR STATUS page. The
faults show in chronological order.
- VOR
- DME This engineering data shows for each failure:
- ADIRS
- MMR (ILS & GPS) - System code
- DFCS - Label code
- FQIS - Fault state
- Clock - Failure time
- ACARS - Monitor code.
- FMC
- CDS DEU. The system code shows the failed LRU or sub-system. The
following show examples of system codes:
If the 2 FMCs do not agree on the status of an LRU, a
highlight shows around the status field for that lRU. - VOR
In the example shown, FMC L and FMC R do not agree on - DME
34-61-00-059.003
the status of the right VOR. - ADIRS
- MMR
Dashed lines in the status field show that: - DFCS
34-61-00
- 349 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - SENSORS
- FQIS input word is not within these prest limits, a
- CLOCK reasonableness error is set.
- A/T
- CDS - DEU To erase the screen, you push LSK 6R. After you push
- FMC. the key, only engineering data for active faults show.
The label code identifies the ARINC word with the fault The clear key only erases the engineering data for the
for a sensor input fault. For an FMC fault, the label FMC selected as the BITE source. The key does not erase
code shows the the failed circuitry or program fault in the data for the 2 FMCs.
the FMC.
The FMCS checks each new ARINC input word for rate
errors. The sensor inputs are expected from the other
systems at certain rates and a rate error will be set
by the FMCS if they are not received in the allotted
time.
The FMCS checks each ARINC input word for sign status
matrix (SSM) errors. An SSM error is set if an invalid
SSM is found.
34-61-00-059.003
The FMCS checks each ARINC input word to see that the
incoming values are within specified limits. If an
34-61-00
- 350 -
LT FMCS BI TE 1 / 2 F M C -L S EN S O R ST A T U S 1 / 2
L R U L E F T R I G H T
< IN FL T FA ULT MODEL/ENG > V O R O K O K
D M E T E S T O K
< CD U T EST SW OPTIONS >
< SE NS O RS PERF FACTR > A D I R S F A I L O K
M M R O K O K
< DI SC R ETE S IRS MONITR > D F C S O K ----
< FI XE D OU TPU T S LCD CDU > F Q I S O K ----
C L O C K O K ----
< IN DE X < I N D EX
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
SYSTEM CODE LABEL CODE
FAULT STATE
CD S D E U O K F A I L
FM C O K O K
FAILURE
TIME
MONITOR
<INDEX CLR D S PLY> CODE <I N D E X
10 0
34-61-00-059.003
34-61-00
- 351 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - DISCRETES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-060.003
34-61-00
- 352 -
If the two FMCs do not agree on the status of a These are the discretes that you can see on page 2:
discrete, a highlight shows around the status field for
that discrete. In the example on the graphic, FMC 1 - FAA/JAA FLIGHT RULES - This option sets the CG for
does not see the right ECS PACK on. the applicable regulatory flight rules.
- KILOGRAM OPTION - This option sets the default for
If the two FMCs do not agree on the status of a weight entries on the CDU.
discrete, that discrete shows in amber. In the example - MAG/TRUE - This option is not used.
on the graphic, FMC 1 does not see the right ECS PACK - SRCE/DEST IDENT. This option is used to identify
on. the FMC. It is always configured to left.
- ASPIRATED TAT - This option is enabled when an
Page Access aspirated TAT probe is installed on the airplane.
- DEGREE C/DEGREE F DEFAULT. This option sets the
This page is accessed by selecting DISCRETES (LSK 4L) default for temperature entries on the CDU.
on the FMCS BITE page 1. - PERF CODE - This option sets the performance code
for the FMC. It is normally set to 1.
Discretes Pages
All the options on page 2 are set with the programmable
These are the discretes that you can see on page 1: switch modules.
- ECS PACK. Shows the position of the ECS flow These are the discretes that you can see on page 3:
control and shut off valve in each pack.
- ECS PACK H/L. Shows if the pack is in normal or - FMC SOURCE SEL. Shows the position of the FMC
high flow mode. source select switch on the P5 overhead panel.
- ISOL VALVE. Shows the position of the bleed air - MODEL/ENGINE. Shows the current status of the
34-61-00-060.003
isolation valve. engine/airframe program pins to the FMC. This is
- COWL A/ICE. Shows the position of the engine cowl set through the programmable switch modules.
anti-ice switches on the P5 overhead panel.
34-61-00
- 353 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - DISCRETES
- ENGINE BLEED. Shows the position of the engine WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE CLEAR
bleed air switches on the P5 overhead panel. OF THE SLATS BEFORE YOU REMOVE ELECTRICAL
- SEL CONFIG MODE. This option enables the loadable POWER FROM THE AIR/GROUND RELAYS. THE SLATS
software configuration. This is set through the CAN MOVE AUTOMATICALLY WHEN FLAPS ARE IN
programmable switch modules. POSITION 1, 2, OR 5, AND THE NOSE OR MAIN
LANDING GEAR AIR/GROUND RELAYS INDICATE AN
These are the discretes that you can see on page 4: AIRBORNE CONDITION. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
- VOR INHIBIT - This option disables VOR inputs for
the navigation function.
- FLIGHT NUMBER - This option lets the crew enter the
flight number on the RTE page.
- TOGA RW POS UPD - This option lets the FMC do a
position update when the TOGA switches are pushed
on the ground.
- TAKEOFF PROFILE - This option gives FMC control of
the altitude at which takeoff thrust is reduced to
climb thrust.
- TAKEOFF SPEEDS - This option enables the FMC to
calculate the takeoff speeds based on the QRH and
shows them on the TAKEOFF page.
- NAVAID SUPPRESS - This option suppresses autotuned
navaids on the CDS map display.
- SEL CRS INHIBIT - This option suppresses selected
course radials for manually tuned navaids on the
CDS map display.
- ACARS INSTALLED - This option enables the
ACARS/FMC interface.
34-61-00-060.003
switch modules.
34-61-00
- 354 -
F MC S O U R C E SE L N O R M A L V O R I N HI B I T E N A B L E
J A A F L T R UL E S D I S A B L E F L I G H T N U M B ER E N A B L E
K I L O G R A M OP T I O N D I S A B L E M OD E L / E N G V A L I D T O G A R W P O S U P D D I S A B L E
M A G / T R U E M A G T A K E O F F P R O FI L E D I S A B L E
S R C E / D E S T I D E N T L E F T N O . 1 N O . 2
A S P I R A T E D T A T E N A B L E E NG I N E B L E E D O F F O N T A K E O F F S P E E D S D I S A B LE
N A V A I D S U P P R E S S E N A B LE
o C / o F D E F AU LT o C S EL C O N F I G MO D E D I S A B L E S E L C R S I N H I B I T E N A B LE
A C A R S IN S T A L L E D ON
P E R F C O D E 1
< IN DEX < IN D EX < INDE X 1
1
34-61-00-060.003
1 THESE ARE EXAMPLES OF THE PROGRAM PIN OPTIONS AND DO NOT REPRESENT THE OPTIONS ON YOUR AIRPLANE(S).
34-61-00
- 355 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - FMCS FIXED OUTPUTS
Purpose - OFST.
The fixed outputs pages let you view FMCS data and On the autoflight status annunciators (ASA), both FMC
annunciations that are sent to the common display annunciators are also on.
system (CDS).
Page Access
This page shows FMCS data that goes to the thrust mode
annunciation (TMA) on the CDS engine display.
34-61-00-061.002
- MSG
- FAIL
34-61-00
- 356 -
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
THRUST MODE
CLB C H EC K A N N U N C I A T O R S
C D U - " MS G " O N
34-61-00-061.002
TAI TAI <INDE X
ENGINE DISPLAY
FMCS - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - FMCS FIXED OUTPUTS
34-61-00
- 357 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - AIRPLANE MODEL AND ENGINE CONFIGURATION
General - PARITY ERROR shows if the airframe/engine
configuration program pins are not set to odd
The model/engine configuration page lets you view the parity. It also shows for an invalid SDI discrete
airplane and engine configuration. configuration
- INVALID shows if the model/engine performance
Page Access database is not installed or the loaded MEDB has
failed its validity check
This page is accessed by selecting MODEL/ENG (LSK 1R) - PROGRAM PIN NOT IN MODEL/ENGINE DATA BASE shows if
on the FMCS BITE page 1. the airframe/engine configuration program pins do
not match the data in the model/engine performance
MODEL/ENG Pages database.
34-61-00-065.002
condition, one of these messages shows:
34-61-00
- 358 -
NORMAL DISPLAY
34-61-00-065.002
FMCS PROGRAM PIN PARITY THE MODEL/ENGINE PERFORMANCE FMCS PROGRAM PINS DO NOT MATCH
IS NOT ODD PARITY DATABASE IS NOT INSTALLED THE MODEL/ENGINE PERFORMANCE
DATABASE
FMCS - TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - AIRPLANE MODEL AND ENGINE CONFIGURATION
34-61-00
- 359 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - SOFTWARE OPTIONS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-064.003
34-61-00
- 360 -
Page Access These are the software options your airline selected
(if no software options show here, your airline did not
This page is accessed by selecting SW OPTIONS (LSK 2R) select any options).
on the FMCS BITE page 1.
- Position Update - Runway that remains in meters -
Software Option Pages (0000000000000004) - This option permits the entry
of airplane position as an offset from the end of
The navigation data base size is displayed at LSK 1L. the runway.
The default size is 4096 Kwords or approximately 10 - VNAV ALT - (0000000000000020) - This option is
Mbytes. only enabled when the flight crew selects altitude
intervention on the MCP; it shows VNAV ALT on the
Line 5L shows the time out value for ground network FMA in CDS at airplane level-off instead of ALT
acknowledgement for ATC downlinks. HOLD.
- GPS with integrity - (00000000000000C0) - This
Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the FMCS option permits the FMCS use GPS data as the primary
BITE page. source for position update.
- ATC Message on Displays - (0000000000001000) -
Line 1R shows the software option code. The software This option allows the display of an ATC message in
34-61-00-064.003
option code is a 16-digit hexadecimal number. The amber on the center upper display unit when an ATC
option code is determined by adding each column in the message is received.
software code (start with the left column).
34-61-00
- 361 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - SOFTWARE OPTIONS
- AOC datalink - (0000000000004000) - This option - Additional fix pages - (0000008000000000) - This
allows the FMCS to uplink and downlink data option increases the total number of FIX pages
through ACARS. from 2 pages to 6 pages.
- Alternate destination - (0000000000008000) - This
option allows the flight crew to review the Lines 2R to 4R show the default lateral and vertical
distance, time and fuel remaining for diversions RNP values.
to alternate airports.
- Certified takeoff speeds - (0000000000020000) -
This option permits the use of FMCS computed take
off speeds in the MEDB.
- Plan fuel entry - (0000000000080000) - This option
allows the flight crew to enter the final fuel load
before refueling has been completed; the FMCS
performance initialization can then be completed
while the airplane is being refueled.
- CDU Color - (0000000000200000) - This option
enables the use of color displays on the LCD MCDUs.
- Integrated approach navigation -
(0000000008000000) - option allows the flight crew
to select an RNAV approach from the FMCS NDB and
the existing ILS display formats are used to
display the data to the flight crew.
- Gross weight inhibit - (0000000020000000) - This
option inhibits the entry of gross weight on the
PERF INIT page; only zero fuel weight can be
entered by the flight crew.
- Common VNAV - (0000002000000000) - This option
allows the FMCS to use VNAV SPD for over speed
reversions instead of disengaging VNAV.
- Speed propagation - (0000004000000000) - This
34-61-00-064.003
option allows the FMCS to propagate an airspeed or
Mach number manually entered on the cruise page to
the descent page.
34-61-00
- 362 -
LT FMCS BITE 1 / 2
FMCS SW OPTIONS 1/ X
<INFLT FAULT MO DEL/ ENG> N D B SI Z E O P T I ON CO D E
4 0 96 K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 8 82C2
<CDU TEST SW OPTI ONS>
R N P V R N P TI MER
<SENSORS PERF FA CTR> O C E A N I C 12 . 0 4 0 0 6 0 S
E N R O U T E 2 . 00 4 0 0 3 0 S
< DISCRETES IRS MON ITR> T E R M I N A L 1 . 00 4 0 0 1 0 S
A P P R O A C H 0 . 50 4 0 0 1 0 S
<FIXED OUTPUTS LCD CDU>
<INDEX
<INDEX N E T A CK 5.0 M IN
F M C - L SW O P T IO NS 2 / X
E N A B LE D O P T I O NS
R U NW A Y O FF SE T I N F E ET
G P S W I T H I NT E G R I TY 1
M A NU A L R NP E N T R Y
A L TE R N A T E DE S T I N A T I ON
P L AN F U E L EN T R Y
<INDEX
34-61-00
- 363 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - PERFORMANCE FACTORS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-063.002
34-61-00
- 364 -
Performance Factors Page Line 5L shows the minimum cruise time (MIN CRZ TIME)
value in minutes. This value is a lower limit to the
The aerodynamic and engine models in the performance minimum cruise time from the performance data base for
data base are from airplane design and flight test trip altitude calculations. The default value is 1.0
data. Because each production airplane may be and the allowable entry range is 1.0 to 20.
different, the FMCS PERF FACTORS page lets the operator
make adjustments for some of the factors in the Line 6L shows the INDEX prompt. This selects the FMCS
model/engine database. BITE page.
If the two FMCs do not agree on the value for a Line 3R shows the minimum rate of climb (MIN R/C CLB)
performance factor, the factor is highlighted. In the value in feet/minute. This is a margin for flight
example on the graphic, FMC 2 does not agree with the envelope calculations at climb speed and maximum climb
value for the engine out minimum rate of climb. thrust. The default value is 300 and the allowable
entry range is 0.0 to 999.
Line 1L shows the geometric descent (GEO DES) value.
34-61-00-063.002
The default geometric descent can be the entire descent Line 4R shows the minimum rate of climb (MIN R/C CRZ)
(FULL) or approach (APP) only. value in feet/minute. This is a rate of climb margin
for flight envelope calculations at cruise speed and
34-61-00
- 365 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - PERFORMANCE FACTORS
maximum cruise thrust. The default value is 300 and the
allowable entry range is 0 to 999.
34-61-00-063.002
34-61-00
- 366 -
LT FMCS BITE 1 / 2
PERF FACTORS 1 /1
<INFLT FA U LT MODE L/ENG> GE O D E S
FU L L/ A P P
<CDU TEST SW OP TIONS> DR A G F A C T OR
+0.0 M I N R / C
<SENSORS PERF FACTR> F- F FA C T O R C L B
+0.0 300
<DISCRETES IRS M ONITR> MN V R M A R G IN C R Z
1.30 100
<FIXED OU T PUT S LCD CDU> MI N CR Z T IM E E N G O U T
1 100
<INDEX
<INDEX ---
34-61-00-063.002
34-61-00
- 367 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - IRS MONITOR
General
The IRS monitor page lets you view the ADIRS inertial
reference position error rate.
Page Access
34-61-00-062.002
34-61-00
- 368 -
<INDEX < IN D E X
34-61-00-062.002
34-61-00
- 369 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - LCD CDU
Genaral
The CDU MAINT BITE INDEX page lets you view and verify
faults and functionality of the LCD CDUs.
Page Access
The CDU MAINT BITE INDEX page has these CDU maintenance
categories:
- FAULTS
- KEY TEST
- COLOR TEST
- DISPLAY TEST
- CONFIG
- SOFTWARE OPTIONS
- POWER SUPPLY (P/S)
- TEMPERATURE
- LIGHT
- LAMP TEST
- CALIBRATION.
34-61-00-077.fm
The EXIT prompt (LSK 6L) selects the FMCS BITE INDEX
page.
34-61-00
- 370 -
LT FMC S BITE 1 / 2
C DU MAINT BITE IN D E X
< F A UL T S SW O PT I O N S >
< E X IT C A L I B RA T I O N >
34-61-00-077.fm
34-61-00
- 371 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - ENGINEERING DATA
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-109.fm
34-61-00
- 372 -
- System code The failure time shows the time (GMT) of the first
- Label code occurrence of the fault. This time does not change if
- Fault state the fault goes away and then comes back.
- Failure time
- Monitor code. These are the monitor codes for ARINC 429 failures:
The system code shows the failed LRU or sub-system. The - Rate (receive rate failure)
following show examples of system codes: - Parity (parity failure)
- SSM (sign/status matrix failure)
- ADIRS - L - Reason (reasonableness failure).
- ADIRS - R
- DFCS The FMCS checks each new ARINC input word for rate
- DME - L errors. The sensor inputs are expected from the other
- DME - R systems at certain rates and a rate error will be set
- FQIS by the FMCS if they are not received in the allotted
- CDS - L time.
- CDS - R
- VOR - L The FMCS checks each ARINC input word for parity
34-61-00-109.fm
- VOR - R errors. A parity error is set if even parity is found.
- MMR - L
- MMR - R
34-61-00
- 373 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - ENGINEERING DATA
The FMCS checks each ARINC input word for sign status - PITCH ANGLE (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
matrix (SSM) errors. An SSM error is set if an invalid - PRES POS LAT (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
SSM is found. - PRES POS LON (rate, parity and SSM)
- ROLL ANGLE (rate, parity and SSM)
The FMCS checks each ARINC input word to see that the - TRUE HEADING (rate, parity and SSM)
incoming values are within specified limits. If an - VEL E-W (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
input word is not within these preset limits, a - VEL N-S (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
reasonableness error is set. - DISCRETE 270 (parity, SSM and reason)
- DISCRETE 274 (parity and SSM).
Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
Digital Flight Control System (DFCS)
The following are the label and possible monitor codes
for ADIRS-L/R ADR system code that can be displayed: The following are the label and possible monitor codes
for DFCS system code that can be displayed:
- BARO ALT 1 (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
- BARO ALT 2 (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - BUFF OVERFLOW
- BUFF OVERFLOW - FLAP POS (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
- COMP AIR SPD (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - FOREIGN COURSE (rate, parity and SSM)
- FAIL - LOCAL COURSE (rate, parity and SSM)
- MACH (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - SELECT ALT (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
- PRESSURE ALT (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - TARGET AIRSPEED (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
- SAT (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - DISCRETE 270 (parity and SSM)
- TAT (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - DISCRETE 272 (parity and SSM)
- TRUE AIR SPD (rate, parity, SSM and reason). - DISCRETE 274 (parity, SSM and reason).
The following are the label and possible monitor codes Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)
for ADIRS-L/R IR system code and the possible monitor
codes that can be displayed: The following are the label and possible monitor codes
for DME-L/R system code that can be displayed:
- GND SPEED (rate, parity, SSM and reason)
34-61-00-109.fm
- INERT V SPD (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - DME DISTANCE (SSM and reason)
- INERTIAL ALT (rate, parity, SSM and reason) - DME FREQUENCY (reason).
- MAG HEADING (rate, parity and SSM)
34-61-00
- 374 -
Common Display System (CDS) The following are the label and possible monitor codes
for CLOCK system code that can be displayed:
The following are the label and possible monitor codes
for CDS-L/R system code that can be displayed: - BUFF OVERFLOW
- DATE (parity and SSM).
- BUFF OVEFLOW
- DISCRETE 272 (parity and reason) Flight Management Computer System (FMCS)
- DISCRETE 273 (parity and reason)
- DISCRETE 350 (parity and reason). The following are the label and possible monitor codes
for FMC system code that can be displayed:
VOR System
- ARINC
The following are the label and possible monitor codes - ASIC
for VOR-L/R system code that can be displayed: - BACKPLANE
- BUS ERROR
- VOR BEARING (parity and rate) - BUS TIMEOUT
- VOR FREQUENCY (parity and rate). - CPU (FAIL)
- DISCR OUT LOOP
Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) - DMA CHAN
- EDAC FAIL
The following are the label and possible monitor codes - ETHERNET
for MMR-L/R ILS system code that can be displayed: - INT TIMER CLK
- MEM CONFIG REG
34-61-00-109.fm
- ILS FREQUENCY (parity and rate) - MICROCODE
- LOC DEVIATION (parity and rate). - PGM FAULT
- PROCESSOR
34-61-00
- 375 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - FMCS BITE PAGES - ENGINEERING DATA
- UART
- VOL RAM
- WDT TEST FAIL.
34-61-00-109.fm
34-61-00
- 376 -
<FLIGHT 3
<INDEX <INDEX
IN-FLIGHT FAULTS
FAULT
F M C- L S E NSO R ST A T U S 2 /2 SYSTEM CODE FMC-L SENSOR DATA 1 / 1 STATE
L R U LEF T RIG HT
LABEL CODE A D I R S- L AD R S 1 8 0 7 Z FAILURE
B A R O A L T 1 SSM TIME
MONITOR
CD S D EU OK FAI L
FM C OK OK
CODE
34-61-00-109.fm
SENSORS
34-61-00
- 377 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - FAULTS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
34-61-00-078.fm
34-61-00
- 378 -
Page Access The failed unit can show FMC, CDU, or USER 1-5 where
USER is an airplane sub-system.
This page is accessed by selecting FAULTS (LSK 1L) on
the CDU MAINT BITE INDEX page. These are the failure descriptions that can show:
34-61-00-078.fm
a steady fault. If the fault later goes away, the
- Failed unit indication changes to intermittent.
- Failure description
34-61-00
- 379 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - FAULTS
The failure frequency shows the number of times the
fault occurs.
34-61-00-078.fm
34-61-00
- 380 -
EXTENDED
FAULT CODE
FAILED UNIT CDU BIT DISPL A Y FAULT STATE
CYCLE 09 FAUL T S
CDU 57 S 1
FAILURE DESCRIPTION LIGHT SENSOR 0 216.0
FAILURE FREQUENCY
FAILURE TIME
< I N D EX
34-61-00-078.fm
34-61-00
- 381 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - KEY TEST
General
The key test page lets you do a test of the CDU keys.
Page Access
34-61-00-079.fm
34-61-00
- 382 -
< FA U L T S SW OPTIONS>
< CO L O R T E S T TEMP>
< EX I T CALIBRATION>
C DU KEY T ES T 1 / 1
INI R TE CLB C RZ DES
MEN L EG DEP H OL PRO EXE
N1 F IX
PRV N EX AB CDE
1L FG HIJ 1R
2 L 123 KL MNO 2R
3 L 456 PQ RST 3R
4 L 789 UV WXY 4R
5 L .0+ Z D/C 5R
6L 6R
---PUS H KEYS T O TEST----
<INDEX ( P US H T W I C E )
34-61-00-079.fm
34-61-00
- 383 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - COLOR TEST
General Line 2R shows the WHITE prompt. This selects a full
screen display of the color white.
The color test page lets you verify the color displays
on the CDU. Line 3R shows the GRAY SCALE prompt. This selects a
display of the eight brightness levels for the gray
Page Access scale.
This page is accessed by selecting COLOR TEST (LSK 3L) Line 4R shows the CHECKERBOARD prompt. This selects a
on the CDU MAINT BITE INDEX page. full screen display of a black and white checkerboard
pattern.
Color Test Page
Push the LSK a second time to return the MCDU screen to
Line 1L shows the RED prompt. This selects a full normal.
screen display of the color red.
34-61-00-080.fm
Line 1R shows the CYAN prompt. This selects a full
screen display of the color cyan.
34-61-00
- 384 -
<FAU L TS SW OPTIONS>
<KEY TE ST P/S>
<DIS P LA Y TE ST LIGHT>
<EXI T CALIBRATION>
<RED CYAN>
<GRE EN WHITE>
<IND EX
34-61-00-080.fm
34-61-00
- 385 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - DISPLAY TEST
General
The display test page lets you verify the complete CDU
character set.
Page Access
34-61-00-081.fm
34-61-00
- 386 -
<EXI T CALIBRATION>
- - -- CD U - D S P L Y- TE S T - - 1 / X
\ #& 0 1 2 3 4 56 78 9 ! " F %
' ( )* + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; <= >
? AB C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S TU V
W X YZ [ ] A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Q R ST UV W X Y Z # & " \ ! F
% C' ( ) * + , - . / : ; < =>? [ ]
>
>
34-61-00-081.fm
< I ND E X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -
- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -
34-61-00
- 387 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - CONFIG
General
Page Access
Configuration Page
34-61-00-082.fm
34-61-00
- 388 -
< F A UL T S SW OPTIONS>
<KEY T E ST P/S>
< E X IT CALIBRATION>
C D U C O N FI G U R A T IO N
SO F T W ARE P/ N
3 4 6 3 - S M I - 0 01 - 0 2
CD U M ODE
MCDU
CD U L OCAT IO N
RIGHT
ET I H RS
1 2 9 . 6
SE R I A L NO
0917
<INDE X
34-61-00-082.fm
34-61-00
- 389 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - SW OPTIONS
General enter the new software option into the scratch pad and
line select it to the option code (LSK 1R).
The sw options page lets you view the current software
options in the CDU. NOTE: When you enter an option code, all eight digits
must be entered.
Page Access
34-61-00-083.fm
necessary entry to enable software option entry on this
page. After you enter ARM and push LSK 6R, you may
34-61-00
- 390 -
SWITCHIN G M O DE A R IN C 7 3 9 C O L O R U SAG E S W I TC H I N G M O D E
A R I NC 7 3 9 C O L OR U SAG E
34-61-00-083.fm
34-61-00
- 391 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - POWER SUPPLY
General
The power supply page lets you view the internal CDU
power supply data.
Page Access
This page shows the voltage levels from the MCDU power
supply. These voltages come the power supply:
- +5v dc
- +12v dc
- -12v dc
- +26v dc
- +28v dc
- Switched +28v dc
- Annunciator +5v dc.
34-61-00-084.fm
34-61-00
- 392 -
<EXI T CALIBRATION>
P / S S E N SO RS
SE NSOR VA LU E
+ 5 XX .X X V
+12 XX .X X V
-12 XX .X X V
+26 XX .X X V
+28 XX .X X V
S W_28 XX .X X V
A NNUN XX .X X V
<INDEX
34-61-00-084.fm
34-61-00
- 393 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - TEMP SENSORS
General
Page Access
34-61-00-085.fm
34-61-00
- 394 -
TEMP S EN S O R S
SENSOR VALU E
LCD_TEMP_R |XX . XX o C
LCD_TEMP_C |XX . XX o C
BK LIGHT R |XX . XX o C
BK LIGHT H |XX . XX o C
34-61-00-085.fm
34-61-00
- 395 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - LIGHT SENSORS
General
The light sensors page lets you view internal CDU light
data.
Page Access
This page shows the voltage levels from the MCDU light
sensors.
34-61-00-086.fm
34-61-00
- 396 -
<FAU L T S SW OPTIONS>
<DIS P L AY TE ST LIGHT>
<EXI T CALIBRATION>
LIG H T SE N S ORS
SENSOR VALUE
AMBIENT LT XXXX.XFc
DIMMER POT XXX.X%
DES LUM XX.X (FT-L)
SPOT BRT XXXX (FT-L)
ARC HIGH XXXX (HEX)
ARC LOW XXXX (HEX)
<INDEX
34-61-00-086.fm
34-61-00
- 397 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - LAMP TEST
General
Page Access
- CALL
- FAIL
- MSG
- OFST
- EXEC.
34-61-00-087.fm
34-61-00
- 398 -
<FAUL TS SW OPTIONS>
<EXIT CALIBRATION>
CDU L A M P T ES T
A N N U N C I A T O RS AL L LIT
<INDE X
34-61-00-087.fm
34-61-00
- 399 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- TRAINING INFORMATION POINT - CDU BITE PAGES - CALIBRATION
General
Page Access
Calibration Page
34-61-00-088.fm
34-61-00
- 400 -
< F A UL T S SW OPTIONS>
<KEY T E ST P/S>
< D I SP L A Y TE ST LIGHT>
< E X IT CALIBRATION>
CDU C A L I B RAT I O N
GS D E F L TRI M
OO X . X v X.X v
16 X . X v X.X v
32 X . X v X.X v
48 X . X v X.X v
63 X . X v X.X v
VC X . X v X.X v
VE X . X v X.X v
LT SEN S B IA S XX X XmV
SCA LE FA C T O R X .X X X
<I NDEX
C A L I B R A TED
34-61-00-088.fm
34-61-00
- 401 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FMCS -- SYSTEM SUMMARY
General
34-61-00-070.fm
34-61-00
- 402 -
FQPU FDAU
FMC-04 CDU 2 FMC-01
C 1
DLDR 1 FMC-01 FCC B
2
D FMC-02
LOAD ENABLE
FMC-02
DATA LOADER
CONTROL PANEL ENG 1 BLEED ON/OFF XFER RLY
AIR SWITCH DISCRETE SMYD 2
ENG 2 BLEED ON/OFF BITE PRINTER
AIR SWITCH RECEPTACLE
ENGINE 1 ON/OFF 28V DC
ANTICE SW
ENGINE 2 ON/OFF DME 2
ANTICE SW A
OPEN/CLOSE PORTABLE CDU
LEFT PACK
VALVE IFSAU
INTERSYSTEM XFR RLY 2
RIGHT PACK OPEN/CLOSE BUS
VALVE OFF/HIGH/
LEFT PACK CDU-01 OR F/O NAV C/P
AUTO DEU 1
A/C RELAY PORTABLE
RIGHT PACK OFF/HIGH/
A/C RELAY AUTO FMC-09
WING ANTICE ON/OFF
FMC MESSAGE
34-61-00-070.fm
OPEN/CLOSE FMC FAIL DEU 2
A/C ISOL
VALVE FMC FAIL FMC MESSAGE
FMC CONFIG FMC MESSAGE FMC FAIL
28V DC 28V DC
FMC WARN RESET FMC WARN RESET
OPTIONS OPTIONS
FMC 2 RESET CAPT ASA F/O ASA
PROG SW MOD PROG SW MOD FMC 1
34-61-00
- 403 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC POWER -- INTRODUCTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
29-00-00-001.fm
29-00-00
- 404 -
There are three hydraulic systems that supply hydraulic The auxiliary hydraulic systems are the standby
power for user systems. These systems are the same. hydraulic system and the power transfer unit (PTU)
system.
The main and auxiliary hydraulic systems supply
pressurized fluid to these airplane systems: The standby hydraulic system is a demand system that
supplies reserve hydraulic power to these components:
- The two thrust reversers
- Power transfer unit (PTU) motor - Rudder
- Landing gear extension and retraction - Leading edge flaps and slats
- Nose wheel steering - The two thrust reversers.
- Main gear brakes
- Primary flight controls The hydraulic power transfer unit (PTU) system is an
- Secondary flight controls. alternative source of hydraulic power for the leading
edge flaps and slats and autoslat system.
These systems make up the hydraulic power system:
Hydraulic Indicating Systems
- Main hydraulic systems
- Ground servicing system These are the indicating systems:
- Auxiliary hydraulic systems
- Hydraulic indicating systems. - Hydraulic fluid quantity
- Hydraulic pressure
Main Hydraulic Systems - Hydraulic pump low pressure warning
- Hydraulic fluid overheat warning.
The main hydraulic systems are A and B. System A has
most of its components on the left side of the airplane The hydraulic indicating systems show these indications
and system B on the right side. in the flight compartment:
29-00-00-001.fm
- Standby reservoir low quantity
The ground servicing system fills all hydraulic - System A and B pressure
reservoirs from one central location.
29-00-00
- 405 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC POWER -- INTRODUCTION
- System A and B engine-driven pump (EDP) low elev - elevator
pressure EMDP - electric motor-driven pump
- System A and B electric motor-driven pump (EMDP) eng - engine
low pressure
exch - exchanger
- Standby electric motor-driven pump low pressure
- System A and B electric motor-driven pump (EMDP) fwd - forward
overheat. gpm - gallons per minute
hyd - hydraulic
Training Information Point flt - flight
gnd - ground
WARNING: HYDRAULIC FLUID, BMS 3-11, CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
kg - kilograms
PERSONS. IF YOU GET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID ON
YOUR SKIN, FLUSH YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. IF YOU kts - knots
GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH YOUR LE - leading edge
EYES WITH WATER AND GET MEDICAL AID. IF YOU lt - left
EAT OR DRINK THE HYDRAULIC FLUID, GET MEDICAL MLG - main landing gear
AID. NLG - nose landing gear
norm - normal
The hydraulic systems use BMS 3-11 TYPE IV erosion
arresting, fire resistant hydraulic fluid. press - pressure
PTU - power transfer unit
Abbreviations and Acronyms qty - quantity
rt - right
alt - alternate rud - rudder
APU - auxiliary power unit stby - standby
auto - automatically sys - system
clsd - closed TE - trailing edge
cont - control vlv - valve
CT - current transformer xfr - transfer
29-00-00-001.fm
EDP - engine-driven pump xmfr - transformer
ELCU - electrical load control unit xmtr - transmitter
elec - electrical
29-00-00
- 406 -
LOW
OVERHEAT QUANTITY
LOW LOW
SYSTEM A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC POWER TRANSFER A B
QTY % 106 76 RF
SYSTEM B UNIT SYSTEM PRESS 2800 2800
29-00-00-001.fm
MAIN HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICING AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC INDICATING
SYSTEMS SYSTEM SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
29-00-00
- 407 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC POWER -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Pressurization - Alternate landing gear retraction
- Alternate nose wheel steering
Air pressure from the reservoir pressurization system - Normal brakes
keeps head pressure on hydraulic system A, system B, - Aileron
and the standby hydraulic system reservoirs. - Autopilot B
- Elevators
The pressurized reservoirs supply a constant flow of - Elevator feel
fluid to the hydraulic pumps. - Flight spoilers 3, 5, 8, and 10
- Rudder
Hydraulic System A - Trailing edge flaps
- Leading edge flaps and slats
Hydraulic system A supplies pressure to these airplane - Yaw damper.
systems:
Standby Hydraulic System
- Power transfer unit motor
- Left thrust reverser The standby hydraulic system supplies alternative
- Landing gear extension and retraction hydraulic pressure to these airplane systems:
- Nose wheel steering
- Alternate brakes - The two thrust reversers
- Aileron - Standby rudder
- Autopilot A - Leading edge flaps and slats.
- Elevators
- Elevator feel Hydraulic Power Transfer Unit (PTU) System
- Flight spoilers 2, 4, 9, and 11
- Ground spoilers 1, 6, 7, and 12 The PTU system is a hydraulic motor-pump assembly that
- Rudder. supplies alternative pressure to leading edge flaps and
slats and autoslat system if system B EDP pressure
Hydraulic System B decreases. The PTU control valve controls the PTU.
Hydraulic system B supplies pressure to these airplane System A pressurizes the motor when the PTU control
29-00-00-002.fm
systems: valve is open. System B supplies the fluid to the pump.
29-00-00
- 408 -
M M
POWER
TRANSFER
UNIT
AILERONS
29-00-00-002.fm
AUTOPILOT A LANDING GEAR TRAILING
TRANSFER VALVE EDGE FLAPS AUTOPILOT B
29-00-00
- 409 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC POWER -- OPERATION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
29-00-00-004.fm
29-00-00
- 410 -
You pressurize the hydraulic systems with the hydraulic To pressurize hydraulic system A, connect a ground
pumps or a ground service cart. service cart to the left ground service disconnect. To
pressurize hydraulic system B, connect a ground service
Hydraulic Pump Pressurization cart to the right ground service disconnect.
You use the hydraulic panel on the P5 forward overhead You do not pressurize the standby system from a ground
panel to monitor and operate system A and B hydraulic service cart.
pumps.
Training Information Point
You use the flight control panel on the P5 forward
overhead panel to monitor and operate the standby pump. WARNING: KEEP PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT AWAY FROM ALL
CONTROL SURFACES AND THE NOSE GEAR WHEN
You can pressurize system A and system B with an HYDRAULIC POWER IS SUPPLIED. THE AILERONS,
engine-driven pump (EDP) or an electric motor-driven ELEVATORS, RUDDER, FLAPS, SLATS, SPOILERS,
pump (EMDP). The ELEC 1 and ELEC 2 switches on the AND THE NOSE GEAR ARE SUPPLIED WITH POWER BY
hydraulic panel let you control the EMDPs. The THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS. INJURIES TO PERSONS OR
hydraulic LOW PRESSURE light is off when the hydraulic DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR WHEN HYDRAULIC
pressure is normal. POWER IS SUPPLIED.
Normally the ENG 1 and ENG 2 switches are in the ON CAUTION: YOU MUST MONITOR THE INSTRUMENTS AND INDICATOR
position. When the engines are on, the EDPs come on to LIGHTS FOR THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS WHEN
pressurize systems A and B. If you move the ENG HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS ARE PRESSURIZED. THIS IS TO
switches to the OFF position, this stops pump output MAKE SURE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS OPERATE
pressure. CORRECTLY. IF THE OVERHEAT LIGHT OF A
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMES ON, YOU MUST STOP THE
The OVERHEAT lights monitor system A and system B only. OPERATION OF THAT HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
The standby hydraulic system does not have an overheat IMMEDIATELY. DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR
light. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS.
29-00-00-004.fm
29-00-00
- 411 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC POWER -- OPERATION
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE EMDP FOR MORE THAN TWO
MINUTES IF THE NO. 1 FUEL TANK CONTAINS LESS
THAN 250 GALLONS (1675 POUNDS/760 KILOGRAMS)
OF FUEL. YOU MUST LET THE RESERVOIR
TEMPERATURE DECREASE TO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
BEFORE YOU OPERATE THE PUMP AGAIN. DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS.
29-00-00-004.fm
29-00-00
- 412 -
LOW a LOW a UP
PRESSURE PRESSURE
OFF
SPOILER ARM
A B DOWN
OFF OFF
FEEL a
DIFF PRESS
ON ON SPEED TRIM
FAIL
a
MACH TRIM
YAW DAMPER FAIL a
OFF
ON
P5 FORWARD
OVERHEAD PANEL
RETURN
CONNECTION
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
OVERHEAT OVERHEAT
a a
LOW a LOW a
LOW a LOW a
PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE
29-00-00-004.fm
ON ON
A HYD PUMPS B RIGHT GROUND SERVICE DISCONNECT
HYDRAULIC PANEL (LEFT GROUND SERVICE DISCONNECT SIMILAR)
29-00-00
- 413 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC POWER -- CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
29-00-00-005.fm
29-00-00
- 414 -
The Engine Driven Pumps (EDP) and Electric Motor Driven These are the hydraulic indications in the flight
Pumps (EMDP) each have a switch on the hydraulic panel. compartment for hydraulic systems A and B:
The switches have two positions, ON and OFF.
- Quantity
The ENG 1 HYD PUMP switch controls the EDP for system - System pressure
A. The ENG 2 HYD PUMP switch controls the EDP for - Pump low pressure
system B. Each pump has a depressurization solenoid - Overheat (EMDPs only)
valve. The valve isolates pump output pressure from the - Master caution.
main hydraulic power system when the ENG 1 or ENG 2 HYD
PUMP switch is in the OFF position. These are the indications for the standby hydraulic
system:
The ELEC 2 HYD PUMP switch controls the EMDP for system
A. The ELEC 1 HYD PUMP switch controls the EMDP for - Low quantity
system B. - Low pressure
- Standby rudder on.
Standby Hydraulic System Controls
Hydraulic Pressure Indication
These switches operate components in the standby
hydraulic system: Hydraulic pressure shows on the systems display for
systems A and B.
29-00-00-005.fm
- FLT CONTROL A and B switches
- ALTERNATE FLAPS arm switch
- ALTERNATE FLAPS control switch.
29-00-00
- 415 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HYDRAULIC POWER -- CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS
Hydraulic Fluid Quantity Indication Master Caution Indication
Hydraulic fluid quantity shows in percent of full on When one of the amber lights on the hydraulic control
the systems display for systems A and B reservoirs. panel come on, the MASTER CAUTION lights and the HYD
light on the system annunciator panel (P7) also come
The LOW QUANTITY amber light to the right of the FLT on.
CONTROL switches on the flight control panel comes on
when the hydraulic fluid quantity decreases to less When one of the amber lights on the flight control
than normal in the standby hydraulic system reservoir. panel come on, the MASTER CAUTION lights and FLT CONT
light on the system annunciator panel (P7) also come
Hydraulic Pump Low Pressure Warning Indication on.
29-00-00-005.fm
The standby hydraulic system does not have an overheat
indicator.
29-00-00
- 416 -
LOW a LOW a UP ON ON
PRESSURE PRESSURE A HYD PUMPS B
OFF
SPOILER HYDRAULIC PANEL (P5)
ARM
A B DOWN
OFF OFF
FEEL a
DIFF PRESS
MASTER
ON ON SPEED TRIM
ANTI-ICE ENG
CAUTION
FAIL HYD OVERHEAD
a PUSH TO RESET
29-00-00-005.fm
FUEL OVHT/DET
29-00-00
- 417 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROLS -- INTRODUCTION
General Abbreviations and Acronyms
The flight controls keep the airplane at the necessary A/P - autopilot
attitude during flight. They have movable surfaces on A/S - airspeed
the wing and the empennage. These are the two types of C/W - control wheel
flight control systems:
CB - circuit breaker
- Primary cntl - control
- Secondary. dc - direct current
FCC - flight control computer
Primary Flight Control System FLT - flight
gnd - ground
The primary flight control system moves the airplane
LE - leading edge
about three axes, lateral, longitudinal, and vertical.
The primary flight control system has these components: MLG - main landing gear
NLG - nose landing gear
- Aileron (2) PCU - power control unit
- Elevator (2) psi - pounds per square inch
- Rudder. RUD - rudder
S/B - speedbrake
Secondary Flight Controls
sec - section
The secondary flight controls make the lift and SOV - shutoff valve
handling properties of the airplane better. The stab - stabilizer
secondary flight control system has these components: STBY - standby
sw - switch
- Leading edge devices (12)
sys - system
- Trailing edge flaps (4)
- Spoilers and speedbrakes (12) TE - trailing edge
- Horizontal stabilizer. typ - typical
27-00-00-001.fm
vlv - valve
v - volt
xfer - transfer
27-00-00
- 418 -
RUDDER
YAW
LONGITUDINAL
AXIS
ELEVATORS (2)
LATERAL
AXIS
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
TE FLAPS (4)
SPOILERS (12)
AILERONS (2)
LE FLAPS LE SLATS
(4) (8)
ROLL
PITCH
27-00-00-001.fm
VERTICAL
AXIS
27-00-00
- 419 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROLS -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-00-00-004.fm
27-00-00
- 420 -
The aileron control wheels move cables that give input Elevator
to the aileron feel and centering unit. This controls
the aileron power control units (PCU). The PCUs move The control columns move cables that give input to the
the aileron wing cables and the ailerons. elevator feel and centering unit. This controls the
elevator PCUs. The PCUs move torque tubes that move the
The aileron trim switches give an input to the aileron elevators.
feel and centering unit and change the neutral position
of the ailerons. The autopilot actuators give a mechanical input to the
PCUs through the feel and centering unit. The PCU moves
Aileron PCU movement also goes to the spoiler mixer. the elevators.
The mixer moves the flight spoiler wing cables. The
spoiler wing cables control the flight spoiler Horizontal Stabilizer
actuators. The actuators move the flight spoilers to
help the ailerons for roll control. The stabilizer trim wheels move cables that give an
input to the gearbox. The gearbox moves a jackscrew and
The autopilot actuators give a mechanical input to the moves the stabilizer.
PCUs through the feel and centering unit. The PCUs move
the aileron wing cables and the ailerons. The PCUs also The electric stabilizer trim switches control an
give input to the spoiler mixer. electric motor near the gearbox. The motor moves the
gears to move the stabilizer. The autopilot also
Spoilers and Speedbrakes controls the stabilizer trim motor.
The speedbrake lever moves cables that control the When the stabilizer moves, it also moves the elevators
27-00-00-004.fm
spoiler mixer and ratio changer. The ratio changer through the elevator feel and centering unit.
moves the spoiler wing cables that control the flight
spoiler actuators. The mixer moves the ground spoiler
27-00-00
- 421 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROLS -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Rudder
27-00-00-004.fm
27-00-00
- 422 -
AUTO RATIO
SPEEDBRAKE MIXER CHANGER
15 10
RUDDER TRIM
5 0 5 10 15
ACTUATOR
LEFT RIGHT
GND ACTUATOR (8) FLIGHT
AILERON
TE FLAPS PDU
CNTL VLV TE FLAPS (4)
27-00-00-004.fm
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
MECHANICAL CONNECTION ELECTRIC STABILIZER HORIZONTAL
MOTOR GEARBOX STABILIZER
HYDRAULIC CONNECTION
FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
27-00-00
- 423 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROLS MULTIPLE USE SYSTEMS/UNITS -- FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-09-00-003.fm
27-09-00
- 424 -
FLT CONTROL Switch (2) There are two flight SPOILER switches, one for
hydraulic system A and one for hydraulic system B. Each
There are two FLT CONTROL switches, one for hydraulic flight SPOILER switch has these positions:
system A and one for hydraulic system B. Each FLT
CONTROL switch has these positions: - OFF - removes system pressure from the flight
spoilers
- STDBY RUD position - removes system pressure from - ON - system pressure is on to the flight spoilers;
ailerons, elevators, elevator feel computer, and this position is normal with the guard closed.
rudder; operates the standby pump and pressurizes
the standby rudder power control unit Yaw Damper Switch and Warning Light
- OFF position - removes system pressure from
ailerons, elevators, elevator feel computer, and The yaw damper switch controls the yaw damper system
rudder operation. The YAW DAMPER warning light comes on when
- ON position - system pressure is on to the the system disengages.
ailerons, elevators, elevator feel computer, and
rudder; this position is normal with the guard See the yaw damper system section for more information
closed. (ATA 22-23).
27-09-00-003.fm
Each flight control LOW PRESSURE light monitors the These are the indications shown on the panel:
pressure to:
27-09-00
- 425 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROLS MULTIPLE USE SYSTEMS/UNITS -- FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
- The STBY RUDDER ON light comes on when the standby The SPEED TRIM FAIL light comes on when the speed trim
rudder system is in operation function in the flight control computers (FCCs) is not
- The standby hydraulic LOW QUANTITY light comes on available.
when the standby reservoir quantity is low
- The standby hydraulic LOW PRESSURE light comes on See the digital flight control system section for more
when the standby system pressure is low. information (ATA 22-11).
See the standby hydraulic system section for more The MACH TRIM FAIL light comes on when the mach trim
information (ATA 29-22). function in the flight control computers (FCCs) is not
available.
ALTERNATE FLAPS Arm Switch and Control Switch
See the digital flight control system section for more
You use the ALTERNATE FLAPS arm switch and the information (ATA 22-11).
alternate flaps control switch for alternate flaps
operation. The AUTO SLAT FAIL light comes on when the autoslat
function is not available.
See the TE flap system section for more information
about the alternate flaps switches and the functional See the LE autoslat system section for more information
description of alternate operation (ATA 27-51). about the LE autoslat system functional description
(ATA 27-83).
See the LE flap and slat control system section for
more information about alternate operation (ATA 27-81).
27-09-00-003.fm
more information about the elevator feel computer
functional description (ATA 27-31).
27-09-00
- 426 -
SYSTEM B FLIGHT
FAIL
a
SPEED TRIM FAIL LIGHT
MACH TRIM
SPOILER SWITCH YAW DAMPER FAIL a
27-09-00-003.fm
P5 FORWARD OVERHEAD PANEL
FLIGHT CONTROLS MULTIPLE USE SYSTEMS/UNITS - FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL
27-09-00
- 427 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
Purpose LE - leading edge
MLG - main landing gear
The ailerons control the flight attitude of the NLG - nose landing gear
airplane around the longitudinal axis.
PCU - power control unit
Location S/B - speedbrake
SOV - shutoff valve
The ailerons are on the wing outboard trailing edge. STAB - stabilizer
TE - trailing edge
Roll Control xfer - transfer
A/P - autopilot
A/S - airspeed
C/W - control wheel
27-11-00-001.fm
CWS - control wheel steering
FCC - flight control computer
FDAU - flight data acquisition unit
27-11-00
- 428 -
AILERON LONGITUDINAL
AXIS
AILERON
ROLL
27-11-00-001.fm
27-11-00
- 429 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-11-00-002.fm
27-11-00
- 430 -
27-11-00-002.fm
and quadrant.
27-11-00
- 431 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
During aileron trim the control wheels also move and Flight Spoilers
supply an indication on the top of the control wheel
column. The flight spoilers also supply roll control. When the
aileron PCU moves, it supplies an input to the flight
Autopilot Operation spoiler system.
When the flight control computers engage, they control See the flight spoiler control system section for more
the aileron autopilot actuators. The actuators give information about the spoiler and speedbrake control
mechanical input to the feel and centering unit and (ATA 27-61).
aileron position sensor. Movement of the feel and
centering unit goes to the aileron PCU, and the signal
from the aileron position sensor go to the FCCs. The
aileron PCU movement moves the aileron through the wing
cables and the quadrant. The quadrant also gives
mechanical input to the aileron position transmitter.
The transmitter sends position signals to the SMYD and
FDAU.
27-11-00-002.fm
27-11-00
- 432 -
CONTROL WHEELS
AILERON
LEFT RIGHT
WING WING
DOWN DOWN
AILERON/RUDDER
TRIM PANEL (P8)
CONTROL STAND
FDAU
AILERON POSITION
FCC (2) SENSOR
27-11-00-002.fm
CONTROL LEGEND
WHEEL POSITION AILERON AUTOPILOT SMYD
SENSOR (2) ACTUATOR (2) ELECTRICAL
MECHANICAL
27-11-00
- 433 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- AILERON CONTROL WHEEL
Purpose
Location
Physical Description
Functional Description
27-11-00-004.fm
27-11-00
- 434 -
AILERON TRIM
INDICATOR
CAPTAIN
CONTROL
WHEEL
CAPTAIN
CONTROL STABILIZER
COLUMN TRIM SWITCHES
AUTOPILOT
DISENGAGE
SWITCHES
27-11-00-004.fm
FWD
27-11-00
- 435 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-11-00-014.fm
27-11-00
- 436 -
The aileron control system and the flight spoilers use Manual operation is almost the same as normal operation
cable movement input from the control wheels. with one difference. There is three degrees of control
wheel movement at the aileron PCUs before the input
Physical Description crank touches the mechanical stops. Then the PCU
housing moves, but the pilot supplies the force.
The aileron control system has these cables:
Functional Description - One Control Can Not Move
- ACBA and ACBB; bus drum cables
- AA and AB; left and right body cables If one control wheel can not move, that side cable will
- ABSA and ABSB; left and right wing cables. not move.
Two spring mechanisms isolate the aileron system from If the right control wheel can not move, the crew can
the flight spoilers. They are the transfer mechanism only use the left control wheel to move the ailerons
and the aileron spring cartridge. normally.
Functional Description - Normal If the left control wheel can not move, the crew can
only use the right control wheel. This will move the
When the control wheels move, the left body cables move right body cables after 12 degrees of control wheel
and control the PCUs. The PCU housing moves and movement. This controls the flight spoiler actuators to
controls the aileron wing cables. move after a predetermined amount of control wheel
movement.
When the PCU housing moves, it also controls the right
body cables and completes the loop to the right control Functional Description - One Aileron Can Not Move
column. It also controls the spoiler wing cables
through the spoiler mixer. This controls the flight If one aileron can not move, the shear rivets on the
spoiler actuators to move after some control wheel body quadrant shear and isolate this aileron. The other
movement. part of the aileron control system operates normally.
27-11-00-014.fm
27-11-00
- 437 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Functional Description - One PCU Input Can Not Move
27-11-00-014.fm
27-11-00
- 438 -
FIRST OFFICER
CONTROL WHEEL
AILERON
CONTROL
DRUM
AA AB AILERON POSITION
WING TRANSMITTER
QUADRANT (2) (NOT SHOWN) (2)
AA AB
ABSA
SPOILER
AILERON CONTROL ABSB
CONTROL QUADRANT
QUADRANT
AILERON (2)
BREAKOUT
ABSB MECHANISM BALANCE TAB (2)
ABSA
AILERON SPRING
CARTRIDGE
BODY QUADRANT (2)
27-11-00-014.fm
AILERON A/P MECHANICAL STOPS (2)
ACTUATOR (2) (3 DEGREES WHEEL DELAY)
POGO INPUTS (4)
27-11-00
- 439 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- AILERON PCU LINKAGE
Purpose When the shaft moves, it moves the input pogo cranks.
This moves the input pogos that control the aileron
The aileron PCU linkage sends the aileron inputs to the PCUs.
aileron PCUs.
Location
Physical Description
- Control quadrant
- Input shaft
- Autopilot input rod
- Aileron feel and centering unit
- Aileron trim actuator
- Input pogo cranks (4)
- Input pogo (4)
- Reaction links (2).
Functional Description
27-11-00-007.fm
27-11-00
- 440 -
AILERON
CONTROL
QUADRANT
AILERON TRIM
AILERON AILERON ACTUATOR
INPUT SPRING
SHAFT CARTRIDGE
BREAKOUT
MECHANISM
27-11-00-007.fm
AILERON PCU LINKAGE
(VIEW FROM RIGHT MLG WHEEL WELL)
AILERON AND AILERON TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM - AILERON PCU LINKAGE
27-11-00
- 441 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
Purpose WTRIS - wheel-to-rudder interconnect system
Location
Yaw control
ac - alternating current
auth - authority
FDAU - flight data acquisition unit
EHSV - electrohydraulic servo valve
FSEU - flap/slat electronic unit
Hz - Hertz
LVDT - linear variable differential transformer
PCU - power control unit
SMYD - stall management yaw damper
27-21-00-001.fm
soln - solenoid
v - Volt
vlv - valve
27-21-00
- 442 -
VERTICAL
STABILIZER
YAW
RUDDER
27-21-00-001.fm
VERTICAL
AXIS
27-21-00
- 443 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-21-00-002.fm
27-21-00
- 444 -
27-21-00-002.fm
flight crew adjust out unwanted rudder pedal forces. See the wheel-to-rudder interconnect system section for
When the pilot moves the rudder trim control on the more information (ATA 27-24).
aisle stand, the control sends signals to the rudder
27-21-00
- 445 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
Authority Limiter
27-21-00-002.fm
27-21-00
- 446 -
WTRIS
STANDBY YAW DAMPER
SMYD 2
STANDBY PCU
RUDDER PEDALS AND
FORWARD QUADRANTS RUDDER FEEL AND
CENTERING UNIT
MAIN PCU
RUDDER TRIM
15 10 5 0 5 10 15
LEFT RIGHT
RUDDER TRIM
AILERON ACTUATOR
NOSE
LEFT
NOSE
RIGHT
RUDDER
R
U
D
LEFT RIGHT D
WING WING E
DOWN DOWN R
RUDDER POSITION
RUDDER PEDAL FDAU TRANSMITTER
27-21-00-002.fm
POSITION SENSOR
LEGEND
ELECTRICAL
MECHANICAL
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
27-21-00
- 447 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- RUDDER PEDALS AND FORWARD QUADRANTS
Purpose bus rod and makes the other pair of pedals move
equally.
The pilots use the rudder pedals to command a yaw
control through the rudder forward quadrants. You can adjust the rudder pedals to fit your body size.
When you move the crank, the crank moves the yoke. This
Location moves your pair of pedals, but has no effect on the
other pair of pedals.
The rudder pedals are in the flight compartment. The
rudder pedal support and forward quadrant assemblies
are in the forward equipment compartment.
Physical Description
- Pedals (2)
- Pedal arm (2)
- Pushrods (2)
- Yoke
- Jackshaft
- Bus rod
- Forward quadrant
- Adjustment crank
- Adjustment flexshaft
- Pedal adjustment nut.
Functional Description
27-21-00-004.fm
pushrods and the jackshaft yoke. This moves the
jackshaft and the forward quadrant. This also moves the
27-21-00
- 448 -
RUDDER
PEDAL
ADJUSTMENT
CRANK (2)
RUDDER
PEDAL
POSITION
RUDDER SENSOR
PEDAL (4)
RUDDER
FORWARD
PEDAL QUADRANT (2)
ARM (4)
PUSHROD (4)
YOKE (2)
FLEXSHAFT (2) RUDDER
27-21-00-004.fm
CABLES
BUS ROD
JACKSHAFT
ASSEMBLY (2)
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM - RUDDER PEDALS AND FORWARD QUADRANTS
27-21-00
- 449 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- AFT COMPONENTS
Purpose input lever disconnect. If there is a jam in the PCU
input path, pilot rudder pedal input continues to turn
The aft rudder control components transmit rudder pedal the torque tube and move the spring loaded roller out
input to the hydraulic power control units (PCUs). of the cam. A minimum of 18 pounds of pedal force is
necessary to operate the override assembly for breakout
Location during a jam. The pilot uses the rudder pedals to move
the rudder back to neutral for rudder deflection caused
The aft rudder control components are in the vertical by a single PCU rate jam. The overrides can operate
stabilizer, forward of the hydraulic PCUs. during high cycle use and go back to the original
position after movement.
Physical Description
Functional Description
When the rudder cables move, they move the aft control
quadrant. This moves the quadrant output rod and the
torque tube and cranks. When the rudder control torque
tube turns, it moves the input rods to the main PCU and
to the standby PCU. It also turns the feel and
centering unit out of the detent position.
27-21-00-005.fm
the main PCU and one input for the standby PCU.
Override assemblies in each of the input paths permit
operation during failures like a PCU valve jam or PCU
27-21-00
- 450 -
RUDDER SPRING
CAM
ROLLER
STANDBY
RUDDER PCU
TORQUE INPUT ROD
TUBE
RUDDER
AFT QUADRANT MAIN
RUDDER PCU
INPUT RODS
27-21-00-005.fm
RUDDER QUADRANT
OUTPUT ROD
27-21-00
- 451 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- STANDBY RUDDER PCU - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Physical Description is on. When the WTRIS engages, the solenoid valve
moves. This sends pressure to the EHSV. When the EHSV
The PCU contains these components: moves, it sends pressure to the yaw damper actuator.
The yaw damper actuator moves and applies pressure to
- Bypass valve one chamber and opens the other to return. The standby
- Filter rudder PCU piston moves and this moves the rudder 2.5
- Control valve, integrated with the yaw damper degrees either side of neutral.
actuator
- Yaw damper LVDT See the wheel-to-rudder interconnect section for more
- Solenoid valve information.(AMM PART I 27-24)
- Shuttle valve
- Servo valve.
Functional Description
27-21-00-013.fm
PCU to help in a manual reversion turn. The WTRIS
engages when the flight control switches A and B are in
the standby rudder position, and the yaw damper switch
27-21-00
- 452 -
STANDBY
RESERVOIR YAW DAMPER
EHSV
STANDBY
EMDP
STANDBY
RUDDER
SHUTOFF
VALVE
YAW DAMPER
LVDT
INTEGRATED
CONTROL
VALVE AND
SOLENOID YAW DAMPER
VALVE
ACTUATOR
S
SHUTTLE VALVE
BYPASS VALVE
PILOT
INLET INLET INPUT
27-21-00-013.fm
FILTER CHECK
VALVE
RUDDER
RUDDER AND RUDDER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM - STANDBY RUDDER PCU - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
27-21-00
- 453 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
ELEVATOR AND TAB CONTROL SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
Purpose gnd - ground
LE - leading edge
The elevators control the pitch attitude of the MLG - main landing gear
airplane about the lateral axis.
NLG - nose landing gear
Location PCU - power control unit
S/B - speedbrake
The elevators are on the trailing edge of the sec - section
horizontal stabilizer. SOV - shutoff valve
stab - stabilizer
Pitch control
SW - switch
The pilots manually control the position of the TE - trailing edge
elevators with forward and aft movement of the control vlv - valve
column. xfer - transfer
A/P - autopilot
A/S - airspeed
C/W - control wheel
CWS - control wheel steering
cntrl - control
27-31-00-001.fm
EFSM - elevator feel shift module
FCC - flight control computer
FDAU - flight data acquisition unit
27-31-00
- 454 -
ELEVATOR (2)
LATERAL
AXIS
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
PITCH
27-31-00-001.fm
27-31-00
- 455 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
ELEVATOR AND TAB CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-31-00-002.fm
27-31-00
- 456 -
Manual Operation - Control Column See the digital flight control system section for more
information about the pitch CWS force transducers, the
The pilot moves the control column forward or aft to elevator neutral shift sensor, the elevator surface
control the pitch attitude of the airplane. The control position sensor, and the FCCs. (AMM PART I 22-11)
column gives a mechanical input to the elevator power
control unit (PCU) through cables and linkages to the See the flight data recorder section for more
input torque tube. The input torque tube gives input to information about the control column sensors, elevator
the elevator pogos. The pogos give input to the position transmitters, and the FDAU. (AMM PART I 31-31)
elevator PCUs that use hydraulic pressure to
mechanically move the elevator through the output Autopilot Operation
torque tube.
When you engage the autopilot, the autopilot system
When the control column moves, it also gives an input uses FCC inputs to control the autopilot actuators.
to the pitch control wheel steering (CWS) force When the autopilot actuators move, they give a
transducers and the control column position sensors. mechanical input to the elevator PCUs.
The pitch CWS force transducers send control column
force to the flight control computers (FCCs). The See the digital flight control system section for more
control column sensors send control column position to information about the autopilot. (AMM PART I 22-11)
the flight data acquisition unit (FDAU).
Autopilot Operation - Mach Trim Actuator
Movement of the feel and centering unit also gives an
input to the elevator neutral shift sensor. The The mach trim actuator moves the elevators to prevent
elevator neutral shift sensor sends relative position nose down forces at high air speeds. The FCCs control
of the elevator and stabilizer to the flight control the mach trim actuator. When the mach trim actuator
computers (FCCs). moves, it gives a mechanical input to the elevator PCUs
27-31-00-002.fm
through the feel and centering unit.
Movement of the elevators also gives an input to the
elevator surface position sensor and position
27-31-00
- 457 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
ELEVATOR AND TAB CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
See the digital flight control system section for more The elevator feel computer uses pitot pressure and
information about the mach trim actuator. (AMM PART I stabilizer input to control hydraulic pressure to the
22-11) dual feel actuator in the feel and centering unit. The
feel force of the feel and centering unit increases as
FCC Operation - Neutral Shift the airspeed increases.
The FCC controls the neutral shift function. The FCC Elevator Feel Shift Module
uses the mach trim actuator, through the feel and
centering unit to move the elevator to a new neutral During a stall, the elevator feel shift module (EFSM)
position. This gives more airplane nose up control provides 850 psi system A pressure to the elevator feel
during takeoff and landing. computer and the dual feel actuator. This causes the
feel force of the control column and the feel and
Stabilizer Operation - Neutral Shift centering unit to increase.
The stabilizer neutral shift function causes the See the stall warning system section for more
elevators to move when the stabilizer moves. When the information about the elevator feel shift module
stabilizer moves, it gives a mechanical input to the operation. (AMM PART I 27-32)
elevator PCUs through the mach trim actuator and the
feel and centering unit. Elevator Tab
See the horizontal stabilizer trim control section for When the TE flaps are up, the elevator tab balances the
more information about the elevator neutral shift elevator. As the elevator moves, the tab moves in a
functional description. (AMM PART I 27-41) direction opposite to the elevator direction.
The elevator feel computer receives these inputs: When the TE flaps are not up, the elevator tab control
mechanism changes the function of the elevator tab.
- Pressure from hydraulic system A and system B This causes the elevator tab to move in the same
- Pitot pressure from the pitot tubes direction that the elevator moves.
27-31-00-002.fm
- Mechanical input from the stabilizer.
27-31-00
- 458 -
FEEL AND
ELEVATOR ELEVATOR (2)
CENTERING PCU (2)
UNIT
MACH TRIM
ACTUATOR DUAL FEEL
ACTUATOR
ELEVATOR
POSITION
TRANSMITTER (2)
CONTROL
COLUMN ELEVATOR
POSITION EFSM STABILIZER FEEL
SENSOR (2) COMPUTER
FDAU
27-31-00-002.fm
ELECTRICAL
MECHANICAL
HYDRAULIC
PNEUMATIC
27-31-00
- 459 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
ELEVATOR AND TAB CONTROL SYSTEM -- CONTROL COLUMN AND ELEVATOR FORWARD CONTROL QUADRANT
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-31-00-004.fm
27-31-00
- 460 -
Each pilot uses a control column for pitch control The control columns move the forward input torque tube.
through the elevator forward control quadrants. This moves the elevator forward control quadrants and
the cables to control the elevator position.
Location
The column balance weights balance out the weight of
The two control columns are in the flight compartment. the upper part of the control column. This prevents
The elevator forward control quadrants are under the elevator input from the weight of the control column
flight compartment. when the pilot does not make a control input.
Physical Description When the forward input torque tube moves, it gives a
mechanical input to the column cutout switch modules.
The control columns extend through the flight Each column cutout switch module also has a position
compartment floor and attach to the elevator forward sensor that sends column position signals to the FCCs.
control quadrants. The balance weights attach on each
forward control quadrant. There is a pitch CWS force See the horizontal stabilizer trim control section for
transducer in each forward control quadrant. The pitch more information on the column cutout switch
CWS force transducer sends signals to the flight modules.(AMM PART I 27-41)
control computers (FCC) proportional to the column
force. Elevator Breakout Mechanism
See the digital flight control system section for more The elevator breakout mechanism attaches to the forward
information on the pitch force transducer.(AMM PART I input torque tube. The breakout mechanism separates the
22-11) left and right sides of the input torque tube. This
allows elevator control if one column has a jam.
The elevator control cables attach at the lower surface
of the quadrants. Each cable attaches to the quadrant. The breakout mechanism is a cam-roller type. The cam
Elevator up cables (EB) go directly aft. Elevator down connects to the captain torque tube. The roller
cables (EA) go forward around the turnaround pulley and connects to an arm of the first officer torque tube.
27-31-00-004.fm
then go aft. The two springs hold the roller at the detent position.
The pilot must supply 31 pounds of additional force to
27-31-00
- 461 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
ELEVATOR AND TAB CONTROL SYSTEM -- CONTROL COLUMN AND ELEVATOR FORWARD CONTROL QUADRANT
extend the springs during a jam. When 100 pounds is
applied, the elevator moves 4 degrees.
27-31-00-004.fm
27-31-00
- 462 -
ELEVATOR
CONTROL
CABLES
FORWARD
INPUT
TORQUE
TUBE
FLIGHT
COMPARTMENT
FLOOR (REF)
SPRING
(2)
EA
EB
CAM ELEVATOR
EA BALANCE
27-31-00-004.fm
PITCH CWS FORCE WEIGHTS (2)
TRANSDUCER (2)
ROLLER ELEVATOR EB
FORWARD CONTROL
BREAKOUT MECHANISM QUADRANT (2)
ELEVATOR AND TAB CONTROL SYSTEM - CONTROL COLUMN AND ELEVATOR FORWARD CONTROL QUADRANT
27-31-00
- 463 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
ELEVATOR AND TAB CONTROL SYSTEM -- ELEVATOR INPUT TORQUE TUBE
Purpose - Flight Control Computer neutral shift trim
position to the mach trim actuator through the
The elevator input torque tube transmits elevator elevator feel and centering unit.
inputs to the elevator PCUs.
When the elevator aft control quadrants move, they move
Location the elevator input torque tube. This moves the elevator
PCU input pogos.
The elevator input torque tube is the bottom of the two
elevator torque tubes in the empennage.
Physical Description
Functional Description
27-31-00-005.fm
feel and centering unit
27-31-00
- 464 -
AUTOPILOT
ACTUATORS (2)
(REF) MACH TRIM
ACTUATOR
ELEVATOR FEEL AND
CENTERING UNIT
NEUTRAL EBL
SHIFT SENSOR
EAL
CONNECTION
TO STABILIZER
ELEVATOR STABILIZER
PCU (2) NEUTRAL
AUTOPILOT SHIFT RODS (2)
ACTUATOR
INPUT ROD EBR
ELEVATOR AFT
CONTROL
QUADRANT (2)
ELEVATOR PCU
INPUT POGO (4)
ELEVATOR
A/P INPUT EAR
CRANK STABILIZER ELEVATOR
POSITION PCU INPUT
ELEVATOR FEEL AND SENSOR (2)
CENTERING UNIT CRANK (4)
27-31-00-005.fm
INPUT CRANK
ELEVATOR ELEVATOR SURFACE
DUAL FEEL POSITION SENSOR
ACTUATOR INPUT TORQUE FWD
TUBE (NOT SHOWN)
27-31-00
- 465 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
Purpose FDAU - flight data acquisition unit
gnd - ground
The horizontal stabilizer controls the pitch trim of LE - leading edge
the airplane around the lateral axis.
MLG - main landing gear
Location NLG - nose landing gear
PCU - power control unit
The horizontal stabilizer is on the aft section of the S/B - speedbrake
fuselage. sec - section
SOV - shutoff valve
Trim Control
sw - switch
The pilots manually control the position of the stab - stabilizer
horizontal stabilizer with the stabilizer trim TE - trailing edge
switches. The pilots can also use the stabilizer trim vlv - valve
wheels on each side of the control stand. xfer - transfer
apl - airplane
actr - actuator
A/P - autopilot
A/S - airspeed
C/W - control wheel
27-41-00-001.fm
cntl - control
DFCS - digital flight control system
FCC - flight control computer
27-41-00
- 466 -
ELEVATOR (2)
LATERAL
AXIS
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
PITCH
27-41-00-001.fm
27-41-00
- 467 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-41-00-002.fm
27-41-00
- 468 -
27-41-00-002.fm
stabilizer aft and forward cable drums. Movement of the
forward cable drum moves the manual trim wheels and
stabilizer indicator pointer. Limit switches control
27-41-00
- 469 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
Stabilizer Trim Override Switch
Flaps Up Switch
27-41-00-002.fm
27-41-00
- 470 -
STAB TRIM
COLUMN CUTOUT
SWITCH (2) OVERRIDE
NORMAL
CUT
OUT
STABILIZER
TRIM SWITCHES
FLAPS UP STABILIZER STABILIZER
SWITCH POSITION POSITION
SENSOR A SENSOR B
STABILIZER
TRIM LIMIT
SWITCH (5)
STABILIZER STABILIZER
STABILIZER JACKSCREW/
TRIM ACTUATOR STABILIZER
STABILIZER GEARBOX
TRIM WHEELS
STABILIZER
27-41-00-002.fm
STABILIZER AFT
FWD CABLE DRUM CABLE DRUM ELEVATOR
SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
MECHANICAL STABILIZER TRIM ACTUATOR
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
27-41-00
- 471 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- FORWARD CONTROL MECHANISM
Purpose Indication
The pilot uses the stabilizer forward control mechanism When the forward control mechanism moves, it moves a
for manual input. jackshaft through a flexible cable that transmits
motion to a linkage that moves the indicator needle.
Location These are the greenband limits:
The forward control mechanism is in the flight - Nose up limit is 2.65 units
compartment and the forward equipment compartment. - Nose down limit is 8.50 units.
The forward control mechanism has these components: The forward cable drum is on a housing that attaches to
structure by two horizontal and two vertical suspension
- Stabilizer trim wheels on control stand (2) points. Use the adjustable turnbuckles at these points
- Sprocket to align the forward mechanism and adjust the tension
- Chain assembly in the chain and cable.
- Forward cable drum.
Functional Description
When the pilot turns the trim wheels, this moves the
sprocket and chain and causes movement of the forward
cable drum. This moves the cables that go to the aft
cable drum. The aft cable drum moves and causes
movement of the gearbox and jackscrew and the
stabilizer.
27-41-00-005.fm
27-41-00
- 472 -
STABILIZER TRIM
STAB
WHEEL (2) TRIM
INDICATOR APL
NEEDLE (2) NOSE
DOWN
0
TAKE-OFF
STABILIZER TRIM 5
WHEEL SHAFT
INDICATOR
CHAIN LINKAGE 10
APL
NOSE
15 UP
FORWARD
CABLE DRUM STAB TRIM
INDICATOR (2)
ADJUSTABLE TURNBUCKLES
AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL
SUSPENSION POINTS (4)
27-41-00-005.fm
FORWARD EQUIPMENT
COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR
27-41-00
- 473 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- CUTOUT SWITCHES
Purpose - Forward to 3.3 degrees
- Aft to 3.7 degrees
The stabilizer trim cutout switches and column cutout
switch modules disable stabilizer electric trim. The AUTO PILOT trim stops when the column is moved:
stabilizer trim override switch lets you do a bypass of
the column cutout switch modules. - Forward to 3.3 degrees
- Aft to 5.5 degrees
Location
Stabilizer Trim Override Switch
The stabilizer trim cutout switches are on the control
stand. The column cutout switch modules are in the The stabilizer trim override switch does a bypass of
forward equipment compartment. The stabilizer trim the column cutout switch modules. The pilot uses this
override switch is on the aisle stand. switch to operate the MAIN ELECT trim if the two column
cutout switch module has failed.
Stabilizer Trim Cutout Switches
27-41-00-006.fm
MAIN ELECT trim stops when the column is moved:
27-41-00
- 474 -
STAB TRIM
MAIN NORMAL AUTO
ELECT PILOT
CUT
OUT
STABILIZER TRIM
CUTOUT SWITCHES
COLUMN CUTOUT
SWITCH MODULES
STAB TRIM
OVERRIDE
27-41-00-006.fm
NORMAL
27-41-00
- 475 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- AFT COMPONENTS
Purpose Functional Description - Input
The horizontal stabilizer trim control system The pilot or autopilot controls the stabilizer trim
components in the aft section of the airplane move the actuator. The pilot also controls the aft cable drum
leading edge of the stabilizer position with the stabilizer trim wheels. This is the
priority for control of the stabilizer:
Location
- Manual
The horizontal stabilizer components are in section 48, - Electric
aft of the rear pressure bulkhead. - Autopilot.
27-41-00-007.fm
27-41-00
- 476 -
SAFETY ROD
BALL NUT
HORIZONTAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
STABILIZER
UPPER JACKSCREW
GIMBAL
STAB TRIM
ACTUATOR GEARBOX
ACCESS THROUGH
SECTION 48 ACCESS
AND BLOWOUT DOOR
LOWER
GIMBAL
27-41-00-007.fm
STABILIZER MANUAL
TRIM WHEEL CABLES
27-41-00
- 477 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- STABILIZER TRIM LIMIT SWITCHES
Purpose - S144 - Nose up autopilot limit switch, operates at
14.50 units.
The stabilizer trim limit switches limit the range of
horizontal stabilizer motion. There are different The cam moves with the horizontal stabilizer and
limits for manual, autopilot, and for flaps up and operates these five switches:
flaps down. The takeoff warning switches tell the pilot
of incorrect stabilizer position at takeoff. - S145 - Nose down autopilot and flaps not up
electric limit switch, operates at 0.05 units
Location - S546 - Nose down takeoff warning switch, operates
at 2.40 units
The stabilizer trim limit switches are on the left side - S844 - Nose down flaps up electric limit switch,
of the horizontal stabilizer jackscrew attach fitting. operates at 3.95 units
- S132 - Nose up takeoff warning switch, operates at
Physical Description 8.75 units
- S144 - Nose up autopilot limit switch, operates at
The five switches mount on vertical brackets attached 14.50 units.
to structure. They are cam operated microswitches. The
cam mounts to a support tube which connects to the NOTE: The stabilizer trim limit switches are
stabilizer center section jackscrew attach fitting. adjustable.
Functional Description
27-41-00-010.fm
operates at 3.95 units
- S132 - Nose up takeoff warning switch, operates at
8.75 units
27-41-00
- 478 -
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER NOSE DOWN LIMIT
SWITCHES
- TAKEOFF WARNING (S546)
- AUTOPILOT AND FLAPS
NOT UP (S145)
- FLAPS UP (S844)
ACTUATING CAM
NOSE UP LIMIT
SWITCHES
- TAKEOFF WARNING (S132)
- AUTOPILOT AND
ELECTRIC (S144)
27-41-00-010.fm
FWD
27-41-00
- 479 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM -- FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Manual Operation - Stabilizer Trim Switches assembly which moves the mach trim actuator. When the
mach trim actuator moves because of the neutral shift
The pilots operate the stabilizer trim control switches rod input, it acts as a link and turns the elevator
for main electric pitch trim control. The switches are feel and centering unit housing. This makes a new
on the outboard side of each control wheel. This gives neutral position for the elevators.
electric input to the stabilizer trim actuator. The
motor operates and drives the gearbox and stabilizer Each rod also provides protection in both directions
jackscrew. The stabilizer pivots at each rear spar. A (push or pull) if there is jam between the stabilizer
ball nut attached to the front spar moves the and the elevator feel and centering unit. The pilot
stabilizer to a maximum of 4.2 degrees leading edge up must supply 180 pounds of additional force to extend or
and 16.9 degrees leading edge down. compress the springs inside the rods. The breakout
force of each rod is 90 pounds.
During electric trim operation, if the pilot gives an
opposite direction elevator control input, column See the elevator and tab control system section for
cutout switches in the column switching modules make more information on the elevator operation.(AMM PART I
the stabilizer electric trim stop. 27-31)
27-41-00-012.fm
rods with a spring inside. When the stabilizer moves,
it moves the two elevator neutral shift rods. The
neutral shift rods move a torque tube and crank
27-41-00
- 480 -
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
ELEVATOR
STABILIZER TRIM
CONTROL SWITCH (2)
STABILIZER MACH TRIM
TRIM WHEEL (2) ACTUATOR
COLUMN
SWITCHING ELECTRIC
MODULE (2) STAB TRIM
ACTUATOR JACKSCREW
ELEVATOR
AFT CABLE NEUTRAL
DRUM SHIFT RODS
GEARBOX
27-41-00-012.fm
STABILIZER TRIM ELEVATOR
FORWARD CONTROL CABLES CONTROL
CABLE DRUM CABLES
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
27-41-00
- 481 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
TE FLAP SYSTEM -- POSITION INDICATING SYSTEM - FLAP POSITION TRANSMITTER
Purpose Functional Description
The flap position transmitters send flap position data The flap position transmitter outputs are 0 resolver
to these components: degrees when the TE flaps are up and 270 resolver
degrees when the TE flaps are at 40. The resolver
- FSEU degrees increase as the TE flaps extend.
- FCCs (2)
- SMYDs (2). Training Information Point
27-58-00-002.fm
Each flap position transmitter weighs 1.8 lbs.
27-58-00
- 482 -
FLAP FAIRING 1
FWD
RIG INDICATOR
WINDOWS
OUTBD FWD
A
FLAP POSITION
TRANSMITTER RIG INDICATOR
WINDOWS
INPUT
SHAFT
27-58-00-002.fm
A-A
A PUSH HERE TO RELEASE SHAFT
SHAFT LOCK LOCK
FLAP POSITION TRANSMITTER
TE FLAP SYSTEM - POSITION INDICATING SYSTEM - FLAP POSITION TRANSMITTER
27-58-00
- 483 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
TE FLAP SYSTEM -- POSITION INDICATING SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
General See the stall warning system for more information about
the SMYDs. See the autoflight chapter for more
There are two flap position transmitters. Each has information about the FCCs and the IFSAU.
three internal resolvers. The resolvers have interfaces
with these components:
- FSEU
- Stall management yaw damper (SMYD) 1 and 2
- Flight control computer (FCC) A and B
- Integrated flight systems accessory unit (IFSAU).
Functional Description
The FSEU uses flap position data from the flap position
transmitters to control the left and right pointers in
the flap position indicator. The FSEU uses inputs from
the asymmetry detection monitor. If the TE flaps are in
an asymmetry condition, the FSEU changes the signals to
one of the pointers in the flap position indicator.
This causes the pointers to be less than 15 degrees
apart during a TE flap asymmetry.
The FSEU also uses inputs from the flap skew monitor.
If the TE flaps are in a skew condition, the FSEU
changes the signals to one of the pointers in the flap
position indicator. This causes the pointers to be 15
degrees apart during a TE flap skew.
27-58-00-004.fm
27-58-00
- 484 -
28V AC
XFR BUS 2
SECT 2
TE FLAP POS/
SKEW SNSR &
IND-L
P6 CB PANEL
SMYD 2 FLAP SKEW
DETECTION
FCC-A
LEFT
POINTER
IFSAU
TE FLAP
L FLAP POS XMTR POSITION
INDICATION
RIGHT
FCC-B POINTER
IFSAU
28V AC
XFR BUS 2
SECT 2
27-58-00-004.fm
TE FLAP POS/
SKEW SNSR & R FLAP POS XMTR FSEU (E1-1)
IND-R
P6 CB PANEL
TE FLAP SYSTEM - POSITION INDICATING SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
27-58-00
- 485 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM -- INTRODUCTION
General ft - feet
fwd - forward
The spoilers help the ailerons control airplane roll Hz - Hertz
around the longitudinal axis. They also supply
MLG - main landing gear
speedbrake control to decrease lift and increase drag
during landing and refused takeoff. outbd - outboard
PCU - power control unit
There are six spoilers on each wing. There is one PSEU - proximity switch electronics unit
spoiler inboard of each engine strut and five spoilers REF - reference
outboard of each engine strut. Each spoiler has a RUD - rudder
number, 1 through 12 (from left to right). The ground
STBY - standby
spoilers are the most outboard and the most inboard
spoiler on each wing. All the other spoilers are flight TE - trailing edge
spoilers. v - volts
Roll Control
ac - alternating current
alt - altitude
AMM - aircraft maintenance manual
27-61-00-001.fm
dc - direct current
FCC - flight control computer
FDAU - flight data acquisition unit
27-61-00
- 486 -
AILERON
FLIGHT
SPOILERS
(8 TO 11)
GROUND
SPOILERS
(7 AND 12)
FLIGHT
SPOILERS
(2 TO 5)
AILERON
GROUND
SPOILERS
(1 AND 6)
LONGITUDINAL
27-61-00-001.fm
AXIS
27-61-00
- 487 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
27-61-00-002.fm
27-61-00
- 488 -
The flight crew uses the control wheels to control the When the autopilot system is engaged, it gives
roll attitude of the airplane. The control wheel gives mechanical input to the aileron system. The aileron
mechanical input through the feel and centering unit to PCUs supply inputs to the flight spoiler actuators. The
the aileron power control units (PCUs). The aileron actuators move the flight spoilers if the flight
PCUs supply mechanical inputs through the spoiler mixer control computers (FCCs) command is for more than a
and ratio changer to the flight spoiler actuators. specified movement of the control wheel.
Hydraulic pressure from the spoiler shutoff valves goes
to the actuators. After a specified movement of the See the ailerons section for more information on the
control wheel, a control valve in each flight spoiler aileron autopilot operation.
actuator lets hydraulic power move the actuators. Each
actuator moves a flight spoiler. Speedbrake Operation
You use the spoiler shutoff switches on the P5 aft The flight crew uses the speedbrake lever to control
overhead panel to close the spoiler shutoff valves. the speedbrake operation. The speedbrake lever supplies
This stops the hydraulic power to the flight spoiler mechanical inputs through the spoiler mixer and ratio
actuators, and the flight spoilers move down. changer to the flight spoiler actuators. The spoiler
mixer mixes the control wheel input with the speedbrake
There is no manual reversion for the flight spoilers. lever input. The actuators symmetrically move the
flight spoilers on each wing.
Manual Operation - Aileron Trim
See the speedbrake control system section for more
During aileron trim the aileron trim switches cause the information on the speedbrake control system.
27-61-00-002.fm
trim actuator to move the feel and centering unit. This
movement goes to the flight spoiler actuators. The When the speedbrake handle moves, it gives an input to
the speedbrake lever position sensor. The speedbrake
27-61-00
- 489 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 1
lever position sensor gives an input to the proximity
switch electronics unit (PSEU) and the flight data
acquisition unit (FDAU).
27-61-00-002.fm
27-61-00
- 490 -
AILERON SPOILER
A B
LEFT RIGHT
CONTROL WHEELS WING WING OFF OFF
DOWN DOWN
ON ON
AILERON TRIM
SWITCHES (P8) SPOILER SHUTOFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER SWITCHES (P5)
POSITION SENSOR
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER
AILERON SPOILER SHUTOFF
TRIM PSEU VALVES (2)
ACTUATOR
27-61-00-002.fm
SPOILER POSITION
FCC (2) SENSORS (2) FLIGHT SPOILERS (8)
27-61-00
- 491 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM -- GENERAL DESCRIPTION - 2
General mixer then sends the flight spoiler commands back to
the ratio changer and sends the ground spoiler commands
These are the components of the flight spoiler control to the ground spoiler control valve. The ground spoiler
system: control valve permits the ground spoilers to operate.
- Spoiler control quadrant See the speedbrake control system section for more
- Spoiler ratio changer information on the ground spoilers and the ground
- Spoiler mixer spoiler control valve.(AMM PART I 27-62)
- Flight spoiler actuator quadrants
- Flight spoiler actuators. Flight Spoiler Actuator Quadrants
The flight spoiler control system receives inputs from The flight spoiler actuator quadrants send the commands
the control wheels and the speedbrake lever. to the flight spoiler actuators.
The spoiler control quadrant receives inputs from the The flight spoiler actuators use hydraulic power to
control wheels and the aileron PCUs through the aileron move the flight spoilers.
spring cartridge. The quadrant sends these inputs to
the spoiler ratio changer.
Spoiler Mixer
27-61-00-003.fm
The spoiler mixer combines the inputs from the spoiler
control quadrant and the speedbrake lever. The spoiler
27-61-00
- 492 -
11
10
9
8
GROUND SPOILER
CONTROL VALVE
SPOILER RATIO
CHANGER
SPOILER CONTROL SPOILER
QUADRANT MIXER 5 FLIGHT
4 SPOILER
3 ACTUATOR
SPEEDBRAKE 2
CONTROL LEVER
WHEEL
AILERON
SPRING
CARTRIDGE
FLIGHT SPOILER
ACTUATOR QUADRANT
BODY
QUADRANT
27-61-00
- 493 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details
737-600/700/800/900 TRAINING MANUAL
FLIGHT SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM -- FLIGHT SPOILERS
Purpose The flight spoilers are at their maximum positions when
the control wheel is turned more than 70 degrees or
The flight spoilers help control the roll of the when the speedbrake lever is moved to the UP position.
airplane.
Flight spoilers 2, 3, 10, and 11 move up a maximum of 33
Location degrees in-flight and 56 degrees on-ground. Flight
spoilers 4, 5, 8, and 9 move up a maximum of 38 degrees
Each spoiler has a number, 1 through 12 (from left to in-flight and 65 degrees on-ground.
right). There are four flight spoilers on each wing.
The flight spoilers are at the fixed trailing edge of Training Information Point
the wings, between the engine struts and the ailerons.
When you rig the spoilers, keep a small gap between the
Physical Description spoiler and the TE flap.
The flight spoilers are made of composite materials. When you do maintenance around the spoilers, obey this
They are not interchangeable. warning:
Functional Description WARNING: DO NOT PUT A PART OF YOUR BODY BETWEEN THE
SPOILER AND THE WING UNLESS YOU REMOVE THE
The flight spoilers operate in the air and on the HYDRAULIC POWER. MOVEMENT OF THE SPOILERS CAN
ground. They use inputs from the control wheel, CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
autopilot, and the speedbrake lever.
27-61-00-011.fm
27-61-00
- 494 -
SPOILER 2 3 4 5
FWD
SPOILER PANEL
SPOILER UP
SPOILER DOWN
27-61-00-011.fm
27-61-00
- 495 -
ALTEON PROPRIETARY. Copyright. See title page for details